WO2024072080A1 - Signal transmission and reception method for wireless communication, and device therefor - Google Patents

Signal transmission and reception method for wireless communication, and device therefor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024072080A1
WO2024072080A1 PCT/KR2023/014993 KR2023014993W WO2024072080A1 WO 2024072080 A1 WO2024072080 A1 WO 2024072080A1 KR 2023014993 W KR2023014993 W KR 2023014993W WO 2024072080 A1 WO2024072080 A1 WO 2024072080A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
bwp
ssb
terminal
sub
initial
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/KR2023/014993
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
이영대
김재형
안승진
양석철
김선욱
이성훈
Original Assignee
엘지전자 주식회사
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 엘지전자 주식회사 filed Critical 엘지전자 주식회사
Publication of WO2024072080A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024072080A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00—Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/08—Access restriction or access information delivery, e.g. discovery data delivery
    • H04W48/10—Access restriction or access information delivery, e.g. discovery data delivery using broadcasted information
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00—Synchronisation arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA

Definitions

  • This specification relates to wireless communication, and more specifically, to a method and device for transmitting or receiving uplink/downlink signals in a wireless communication system.
  • Wireless communication systems are being widely deployed to provide various types of communication services such as voice and data.
  • a wireless communication system is a multiple access system that can support communication with multiple users by sharing available system resources (bandwidth, transmission power, etc.).
  • multiple access systems include code division multiple access (CDMA) systems, frequency division multiple access (FDMA) systems, time division multiple access (TDMA) systems, orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) systems, and single carrier frequency (SC-FDMA) systems. division multiple access) systems, etc.
  • the technical problem to be achieved by the present invention is to provide a method of transmitting and receiving signals more accurately and efficiently.
  • the present invention is not limited to the technical problems described above and other technical problems can be inferred from the detailed description.
  • a method for a terminal to transmit a signal in a wireless communication system includes: triggering a Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure for a selected cell based on at least one Synchronization signal block (SSB); Determining an initial bandwidth within the UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) of the cell; And transmitting a physical random access channel (PRACH) or a first message including the PRACH in the initial bandwidth, wherein the initial bandwidth is an index of an SSB having a quality higher than a certain threshold among the at least one SSB. Based on , it may be determined to be one of one or more bandwidths less than or equal to the first size set for the UL BWP of the cell.
  • RACH Random Access Channel
  • SSB Synchronization signal block
  • the index of the SSB may be an index for the SSB with the highest quality among SSBs with a quality higher than the specific threshold among the at least one SSB.
  • the index of the SSB is characterized as an index for one SSB randomly selected among the two or more SSBs.
  • the UL BWP of the cell is set to a plurality of sub-BWPs having a frequency bandwidth size less than or equal to the first size, and the initial bandwidth is set to the specific threshold among the at least one SSB among the plurality of sub-BWPs. It is characterized as one sub-BWP determined based on the index of SSB with the above quality.
  • SIB1 System Information Block 1 including SSB indexes and information about the specific threshold, wherein each of the one or more bandwidths of the first size or less is connected to each of the SSB indexes in advance. It is characterized by being mapped.
  • the method may further include transmitting a message including a PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel) for the RACH procedure in the initial bandwidth.
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • the RACH procedure is characterized by being triggered for initial connection, handover, SCell (Secondary Cell) addition, or SCell activation.
  • SCell Secondary Cell
  • the first size may be 5Mhz.
  • a terminal that transmits a signal in a wireless communication system includes an RF (Radio Frequency) transceiver; and a processor connected to the RF transceiver, wherein the processor controls the RF transceiver to trigger a Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure for the selected cell based on at least one synchronization signal block (SSB) received from the cell.
  • RF Radio Frequency
  • the initial bandwidth is, Based on the index of an SSB with a quality higher than a certain threshold among the at least one SSB, one bandwidth among one or more bandwidths less than or equal to a first size set for the UL BWP of the cell may be determined.
  • PRACH physical random access channel
  • SSB Synchronization signal block
  • RACH Random Access Channel
  • PRACH physical random access channel
  • a method for a base station to receive a signal in a wireless communication system includes transmitting at least one synchronization signal block (SSB); and receiving a physical random access channel (PRACH) or a first message including the PRACH at an initial bandwidth of a first size or less, wherein the initial bandwidth is for a UL Uplink Bandwidth part (BWP) associated with the base station.
  • SSB synchronization signal block
  • PRACH physical random access channel
  • BWP UL Uplink Bandwidth part
  • a base station that performs the signal transmission method described above may be provided.
  • signal transmission and reception in a wireless communication system can be performed more accurately and efficiently.
  • the UE can clearly determine/specify the initial frequency band of 5Mhz for transmitting signals related to the RACH procedure within the UL BWP based on the quality of the SSB.
  • the initial frequency band can be effectively distributed among the terminals by determining the initial frequency band based on the quality of the SSB.
  • the present invention is not limited to the technical effects described above and other technical effects can be inferred from the detailed description.
  • Figure 1 is a diagram to explain physical channels used in the 3GPP NR system and a general signal transmission method using them.
  • Figure 2 illustrates the structure of a radio frame.
  • Figure 3 illustrates a resource grid of slots.
  • Figures 4 and 5 are diagrams for explaining the structure and transmission method of SSB (Synchronization Signal Block).
  • Figure 6 illustrates an example of a general random access procedure.
  • Figure 7 shows an example of mapping a physical channel within a slot.
  • Figure 8 shows the flow of a signal transmission and reception method according to an embodiment.
  • Figure 9 is a diagram for explaining a method of setting multiple sub-BWPs in one BWP.
  • Figure 10 is a diagram to explain how a terminal transmits a message related to the RACH procedure to a cell or base station.
  • Figure 11 is a diagram to explain how a base station receives a message related to the RACH procedure from a terminal.
  • FIG 14 illustrates a Discontinuous Reception (DRX) operation applicable to this disclosure.
  • DRX Discontinuous Reception
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • FDMA frequency division multiple access
  • TDMA time division multiple access
  • OFDMA orthogonal frequency division multiple access
  • SC-FDMA single carrier frequency division multiple access
  • CDMA can be implemented with radio technology such as UTRA (Universal Terrestrial Radio Access) or CDMA2000.
  • TDMA can be implemented with wireless technologies such as Global System for Mobile communications (GSM)/General Packet Radio Service (GPRS)/Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution (EDGE).
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • EDGE Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution
  • OFDMA can be implemented with wireless technologies such as IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802-20, Evolved UTRA (E-UTRA), etc.
  • UTRA is part of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS).
  • 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) long term evolution (LTE) is part of Evolved UMTS (E-UMTS) using E-UTRA
  • LTE-A Advanced
  • 3GPP NR New Radio or New Radio Access Technology
  • 3GPP LTE/LTE-A is an evolved version of 3GPP LTE/LTE-A.
  • next-generation communications As more communication devices require larger communication capacity, the need for improved mobile broadband communication compared to existing RAT (Radio Access Technology) is emerging. Additionally, massive MTC (Machine Type Communications), which connects multiple devices and objects to provide a variety of services anytime, anywhere, is also one of the major issues to be considered in next-generation communications. Additionally, communication system design considering services/terminals sensitive to reliability and latency is being discussed. In this way, the introduction of next-generation RAT considering eMBB (enhanced Mobile BroadBand Communication), massive MTC, URLLC (Ultra-Reliable and Low Latency Communication), etc. is being discussed, and in the present invention, for convenience, the technology is referred to as NR (New Radio or New RAT). It is called.
  • NR New Radio or New RAT
  • LTE refers to technology after 3GPP TS 36.xxx Release 8.
  • LTE technology after 3GPP TS 36.xxx Release 10 is referred to as LTE-A
  • LTE technology after 3GPP TS 36.xxx Release 13 is referred to as LTE-A pro
  • 3GPP NR refers to technology after TS 38.xxx Release 15.
  • LTE/NR may be referred to as a 3GPP system.
  • “xxx” refers to the standard document detail number.
  • LTE/NR can be collectively referred to as a 3GPP system.
  • UE User Equipment
  • PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • SDAP Service Data Adaptation Protocol
  • 3GPP TS 24.502 Access to the 3GPP 5G Core Network (5GCN) via non-3GPP access networks
  • Frequency Range 1 Refers to the frequency range below 6GHz (e.g., 450 MHz ⁇ 6000 MHz).
  • Frequency Range 2 Refers to the millimeter wave (mmWave) region above 24GHz (e.g., 24250 MHz ⁇ 52600 MHz).
  • SIB1 for NR devices RMSI (Remaining Minimum System Information). Broadcasts information necessary for cell connection of the NR terminal.
  • CORESET#0 CORESET for Type0-PDCCH CSS set for NR devices (set in MIB)
  • Type0-PDCCH CSS set a search space set in which an NR UE monitors a set of PDCCH candidates for a DCI format with CRC scrambled by a SI-RNTI
  • SIB1-R (additional) SIB1 for reduced capability NR devices. It may be limited to cases where it is created as a separate TB from SIB1 and transmitted as a separate PDSCH.
  • Type0-PDCCH-R CSS set a search space set in which an redcap UE monitors a set of PDCCH candidates for a DCI format with CRC scrambled by a SI-RNTI
  • CD-SSB Cell defining SSB
  • Non-cell defining SSB Refers to an SSB that is placed in the NR sync raster but does not include the RMSI scheduling information of the cell for measurement purposes. However, it may contain information indicating the location of the cell defining SSB.
  • SI-RNTI System Information Radio-Network Temporary Identifier
  • Camp on is the UE state in which the UE stays on a cell and is ready to initiate a potential dedicated service or to receive an ongoing broadcast service.
  • SIB1(-R)-PDSCH PDSCH transmitting SIB1(-R)
  • SIB1(-R)-DCI DCI scheduling SIB1(-R)-PDSCH.
  • MSGB response to MSGA in the 2-step random access procedure.
  • MSGB may consist of response(s) for contention resolution, fallback indication(s), and backoff indication.
  • RO-N RO(RACH Occasion) for normal UE 4-step RACH and 2-step RACH (if configured)
  • RO-N1 When separate RO is set for normal UE 2-step RACH, it is divided into RO-N1 (4-step) and RO-N2 (2-step)
  • RO-R RO (RACH Occasion) set separately from RO-N for redcap UE 4-step RACH and 2-step RACH (if configured)
  • RO-R1 When separate RO is set for redcap UE 2-step RACH, it is divided into RO-R1 (4-step) and RO-R2 (2-step)
  • the expression “setting” may be replaced with the expression “configure/configuration,” and the two may be used interchangeably.
  • conditional expressions e.g., “if”, “in a case”, or “when”, etc.
  • the operation of the terminal/base station or SW/HW configuration according to the satisfaction of the relevant conditions can be inferred/understood.
  • wireless communication devices e.g., base stations, terminals
  • the process on the receiving (or transmitting) side can be inferred/understood from the process on the transmitting (or receiving) side
  • the description may be omitted.
  • signal decision/generation/encoding/transmission on the transmitting side can be understood as signal monitoring reception/decoding/decision, etc. on the receiving side.
  • the expression that the terminal performs (or does not perform) a specific operation can also be interpreted as operating with the base station expecting/assuming that the terminal performs a specific operation (or expecting/assuming that it does not perform).
  • the expression that the base station performs (or does not perform) a specific operation can also be interpreted to mean that the terminal expects/assumes that the base station performs a specific operation (or expects/assumes that it does not perform) and operates.
  • the division and index of each section, embodiment, example, option, method, plan, proposal, etc. are for convenience of explanation, but each necessarily constitutes an independent invention, or each must be individually It should not be construed as intended to mean that it should only be implemented.
  • a terminal receives information from a base station through downlink (DL), and the terminal transmits information to the base station through uplink (UL).
  • the information transmitted and received between the base station and the terminal includes data and various control information, and various physical channels exist depending on the type/purpose of the information they transmit and receive.
  • Figure 1 is a diagram to explain physical channels used in the 3GPP NR system and a general signal transmission method using them.
  • a terminal that is turned on again from a power-off state or newly entered a cell performs an initial cell search task such as synchronizing with the base station in step S101.
  • the terminal receives SSB (Synchronization Signal Block) from the base station.
  • SSB includes Primary Synchronization Signal (PSS), Secondary Synchronization Signal (SSS), and Physical Broadcast Channel (PBCH).
  • PSS Primary Synchronization Signal
  • SSS Secondary Synchronization Signal
  • PBCH Physical Broadcast Channel
  • the terminal synchronizes with the base station based on PSS/SSS and obtains information such as cell ID (cell identity). Additionally, the terminal can obtain intra-cell broadcast information based on the PBCH. Meanwhile, the terminal can check the downlink channel status by receiving a downlink reference signal (DL RS) in the initial cell search stage.
  • DL RS downlink reference signal
  • SSB is composed of four consecutive OFDM symbols, and PSS, PBCH, SSS/PBCH, or PBCH is transmitted for each OFDM symbol.
  • PSS and SSS each consist of 1 OFDM symbol and 127 subcarriers
  • PBCH consists of 3 OFDM symbols and 576 subcarriers.
  • PBCH is encoded/decoded based on a polar code and modulated/demodulated according to QPSK (Quadrature Phase Shift Keying).
  • QPSK Quadrature Phase Shift Keying
  • the PBCH within the OFDM symbol consists of data resource elements (REs) to which the complex modulation value of the PBCH is mapped and DMRS REs to which a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) for the PBCH is mapped.
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • PSS is used to detect the cell ID within the cell ID group
  • SSS is used to detect the cell ID group
  • PBCH is used for SSB (time) index detection and half-frame detection.
  • the SSB is transmitted periodically according to the SSB period.
  • the basic SSB period assumed by the UE during initial cell search is defined as 20ms.
  • the SSB period can be set to one of ⁇ 5ms, 10ms, 20ms, 40ms, 80ms, 160ms ⁇ by the network (e.g., BS).
  • a set of SSB bursts is constructed.
  • the SSB burst set consists of a 5ms time window (i.e. half-frame), and an SSB can be transmitted up to L times within the SS burst set.
  • the maximum transmission number L of SSB can be given as follows depending on the frequency band of the carrier. One slot contains up to 2 SSBs.
  • the temporal position of the SSB candidate within the SS burst set may be defined according to the subcarrier spacing.
  • the temporal positions of SSB candidates are indexed from 0 to L-1 according to temporal order within the SSB burst set (i.e. half-frame) (SSB index).
  • Multiple SSBs may be transmitted within the frequency span of the carrier.
  • the physical layer cell identifiers of these SSBs do not need to be unique, and different SSBs may have different physical layer cell identifiers.
  • the UE can obtain DL synchronization by detecting SSB.
  • the UE can identify the structure of the SSB burst set based on the detected SSB (time) index and detect symbol/slot/half-frame boundaries accordingly.
  • the number of the frame/half-frame to which the detected SSB belongs can be identified using system frame number (SFN) information and half-frame indication information.
  • SFN system frame number
  • the UE can obtain a 10-bit SFN for the frame to which the PBCH belongs from the PBCH.
  • the UE may obtain 1-bit half-frame indication information. For example, when the UE detects a PBCH with the half-frame indication bit set to 0, it may determine that the SSB to which the PBCH belongs belongs to the first half-frame in the frame, and the half-frame indication bit is set to 1. When a PBCH set to is detected, it can be determined that the SSB to which the PBCH belongs belongs to the second half-frame in the frame. Finally, the UE can obtain the SSB index of the SSB to which the PBCH belongs based on the DMRS sequence and the PBCH payload carried by the PBCH.
  • the terminal After completing the initial cell search, the terminal receives a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) and a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) according to the physical downlink control channel information in step S102 to provide more detailed information.
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • SI System information
  • MIB master information block
  • SIB system information blocks
  • RMSI Remaining Minimum System Information
  • the MIB contains information/parameters for monitoring the PDCCH, which schedules the PDSCH carrying SIB1 (SystemInformationBlock1), and is transmitted by the BS through the PBCH of the SSB.
  • SIB1 SystemInformationBlock1
  • the UE can check whether a Control Resource Set (CORESET) for the Type0-PDCCH common search space exists based on the MIB.
  • CORESET Control Resource Set
  • Type0-PDCCH common search space is a type of PDCCH search space and is used to transmit PDCCH for scheduling SI messages.
  • the UE may use (i) a plurality of contiguous resource blocks constituting a CORESET and one or more contiguous resource blocks based on information in the MIB (e.g., pdcch-ConfigSIB1) Symbols and (ii) PDCCH opportunity (e.g., time domain location for PDCCH reception) can be determined.
  • pdcch-ConfigSIB1 provides information about the frequency location where SSB/SIB1 exists and the frequency range where SSB/SIB1 does not exist.
  • SIB1 includes information related to the availability and scheduling (e.g., transmission period, SI-window size) of the remaining SIBs (hereinafter SIBx, x is an integer of 2 or more). For example, SIB1 can inform whether SIBx is broadcast periodically or provided at the request of the UE in an on-demand manner. If SIBx is provided in an on-demand manner, SIB1 may contain information necessary for the UE to perform an SI request. SIB1 is transmitted through PDSCH, the PDCCH scheduling SIB1 is transmitted through the Type0-PDCCH common search space, and SIB1 is transmitted through the PDSCH indicated by the PDCCH.
  • SIBx transmission period, SI-window size
  • SI-window is included in the SI message and transmitted through PDSCH.
  • Each SI message is transmitted within a periodically occurring time window (i.e. SI-window).
  • the terminal may perform a random access procedure such as steps S103 to S106 to complete connection to the base station (e.g. 4-step RA procedure).
  • the terminal transmits a preamble through a physical random access channel (PRACH) (S103) and sends a response message to the preamble through the physical downlink control channel and the corresponding physical downlink shared channel. can be received (S104).
  • PRACH physical random access channel
  • S105 additional physical random access channel
  • S106 reception of a physical downlink control channel and a corresponding physical downlink shared channel
  • S103/S105 is performed as one step (where the terminal performs transmission) (message A), and S104/S106 is performed as one step (where the base station performs transmission). It can be understood as being carried out in stages (Message B).
  • Message A (MSGA) includes a preamble and payload (PUSCH payload). The preamble and payload are multiplexed in TDM method.
  • Message B (MSGB) is a response to message A and may be sent for contention resolution, fallback indication(s), and/or backoff indication.
  • the 2-Step random access procedure can be subdivided into CBRA (Contention-based Random Access) type and CFRA (Contention-free Random Access) type. According to CFRA, before the terminal transmits Message A, the base station provides the terminal with information about the preamble that the terminal must transmit as Message A and information about PUSCH allocation.
  • the terminal that has performed the above-described procedure then receives a physical downlink control channel/physical downlink shared channel (S107) and a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) as a general uplink/downlink signal transmission procedure.
  • Physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) transmission (S108) can be performed.
  • the control information transmitted from the terminal to the base station is collectively referred to as uplink control information (UCI).
  • UCI includes HARQ ACK/NACK (Hybrid Automatic Repeat and reQuest Acknowledgment/Negative-ACK), SR (Scheduling Request), and CSI (Channel State Information).
  • CSI includes Channel Quality Indicator (CQI), Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI), Rank Indication (RI), etc.
  • UCI is generally transmitted through PUCCH, but when control information and traffic data must be transmitted simultaneously, it can be transmitted through PUSCH. Additionally, UCI can be transmitted aperiodically through PUSCH at the request/ins
  • the MR system can support signal transmission/reception in an unlicensed band.
  • communication nodes within the unlicensed band must determine whether other communication node(s) are using the channel before transmitting a signal.
  • a communication node may first perform CS (Carrier Sensing) before transmitting a signal to check whether other communication node(s) is transmitting a signal.
  • CCA Carrier Channel Assessment
  • the communication node determines the channel state as busy if energy higher than the CCA threshold is detected in the channel, otherwise, the channel state is busy. can be judged as idle. If the channel state is determined to be idle, the communication node can begin transmitting signals in the UCell.
  • the series of processes described above may be referred to as Listen-Before-Talk (LBT) or Channel Access Procedure (CAP). LBT and CAP can be used interchangeably.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates the structure of a radio frame.
  • uplink and downlink transmission consists of frames.
  • Each radio frame is 10ms long and is divided into two 5ms half-frames (HF).
  • Each half-frame is divided into five 1ms subframes (Subframe, SF).
  • a subframe is divided into one or more slots, and the number of slots in a subframe depends on SCS (Subcarrier Spacing).
  • Each slot contains 12 or 14 Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols depending on the cyclic prefix (CP).
  • OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • CP cyclic prefix
  • Table 1 illustrates that when a normal CP is used, the number of symbols per slot, the number of slots per frame, and the number of slots per subframe vary depending on the SCS.
  • Table 2 illustrates that when an extended CP is used, the number of symbols per slot, the number of slots per frame, and the number of slots per subframe vary depending on the SCS.
  • the structure of the frame is only an example, and the number of subframes, number of slots, and number of symbols in the frame can be changed in various ways.
  • OFDM numerology eg, SCS
  • the (absolute time) interval of time resources e.g., SF, slot, or TTI
  • TU Time Unit
  • the symbol may include an OFDM symbol (or CP-OFDM symbol) or SC-FDMA symbol (or Discrete Fourier Transform-spread-OFDM, DFT-s-OFDM symbol).
  • Figure 3 illustrates a resource grid of slots.
  • a slot includes a plurality of symbols in the time domain. For example, in the case of normal CP, one slot contains 14 symbols, but in the case of extended CP, one slot contains 12 symbols.
  • a carrier wave includes a plurality of subcarriers in the frequency domain.
  • RB Resource Block
  • a Bandwidth Part (BWP) is defined as a plurality of consecutive PRBs (Physical RBs) in the frequency domain and may correspond to one numerology (e.g., SCS, CP length, etc.).
  • a carrier wave may contain up to N (e.g., 5) BWPs. Data communication is performed through an activated BWP, and only one BWP can be activated for one terminal.
  • Each element in the resource grid is referred to as a Resource Element (RE), and one complex symbol can be mapped.
  • RE Resource Element
  • a bandwidth part In the NR system, up to 400 MHz can be supported per carrier.
  • the network may instruct the UE to operate only in a portion of the bandwidth rather than the entire bandwidth of this wideband carrier, and the portion of the bandwidth is referred to as a bandwidth part (BWP).
  • BWP bandwidth part
  • One or more BWPs may be set within one carrier.
  • a BWP is a subset of contiguous common resource blocks defined for numerology within the bandwidth part on a carrier, with one numerology (e.g. subcarrier spacing, CP length, slot/mini-slot duration). can be set.
  • Activation/deactivation of DL/UL BWP or BWP switching may be performed according to network signaling and/or timer (e.g., L1 signaling, which is a physical layer control signal, MAC control element, which is a MAC layer control signal. CE), or by RRC signaling, etc.).
  • L1 signaling which is a physical layer control signal
  • MAC control element which is a MAC layer control signal. CE
  • RRC signaling etc.
  • Figures 4 and 5 are diagrams for explaining the structure and transmission method of SSB (Synchronization Signal Block).
  • the terminal can perform cell search, system information acquisition, beam alignment for initial access, DL measurement, etc. based on SSB.
  • SSB is used interchangeably with SS/PBCH (Synchronization Signal/Physical Broadcast channel) block.
  • SS/PBCH Synchronization Signal/Physical Broadcast channel
  • SSB consists of PSS, SSS and PBCH.
  • SSB is composed of four consecutive OFDM symbols, and PSS, PBCH, SSS/PBCH, and PBCH are transmitted for each OFDM symbol.
  • PSS and SSS each consist of 1 OFDM symbol and 127 subcarriers
  • PBCH consists of 3 OFDM symbols and 576 subcarriers.
  • Polar coding and QPSK Quadrature Phase Shift Keying
  • PBCH consists of data RE and DMRS (Demodulation Reference Signal) RE for each OFDM symbol.
  • DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
  • Cell search refers to a process in which a terminal acquires time/frequency synchronization of a cell and detects the cell ID (Identifier) (eg, physical layer Cell ID, PCID) of the cell.
  • PSS is used to detect the cell ID within the cell ID group
  • SSS is used to detect the cell ID group.
  • PBCH is used for SSB (time) index detection and half-frame detection.
  • the terminal's cell search process can be summarized as Table 3 below.
  • Step P.S.S. * SS/PBCH block (SSB) symbol timing acquisition * Cell ID detection within a cell ID group (3 hypotheses) 2nd Step SSS * Cell ID group detection (336 hypothesis) 3rd Step PBCH DMRS * SSB index and Half frame (HF) index (Slot and frame boundary detection) 4th Step PBCH * Time information (80 ms, System Frame Number (SFN), SSB index, HF)* Remaining Minimum System Information (RMSI) Control resource set (CORESET)/Search space configuration 5th Step PDCCH and PDSCH * Cell access information* RACH configuration
  • SSB SS/PBCH block
  • 336 cell ID groups There are 336 cell ID groups, and 3 cell IDs exist for each cell ID group. There are a total of 1008 cell IDs. Information about the cell ID group to which the cell ID of a cell belongs is provided/obtained through the SSS of the cell, and information about the cell ID among 336 cells within the cell ID is provided/obtained through the PSS.
  • SSB is transmitted periodically according to the SSB period.
  • the basic SSB period assumed by the terminal during initial cell search is defined as 20ms.
  • the SSB period can be set to one of ⁇ 5ms, 10ms, 20ms, 40ms, 80ms, 160ms ⁇ by the network (e.g., base station).
  • a set of SSB bursts is constructed.
  • the SSB burst set consists of a 5ms time window (i.e. half-frame), and an SSB can be transmitted up to L times within the SS burst set.
  • the maximum transmission number L of SSB can be given as follows depending on the frequency band of the carrier. One slot contains up to 2 SSBs.
  • the temporal position of the SSB candidate within the SS burst set can be defined according to the SCS as follows.
  • the temporal positions of SSB candidates are indexed from 0 to L-1 according to temporal order within the SSB burst set (i.e., half-frame) (SSB index).
  • up to 400 MHz can be supported per carrier. If a UE operating on such a wideband carrier always operates with the radio frequency (RF) module for the entire carrier turned on, UE battery consumption may increase. Or, considering multiple use cases (e.g., eMBB, URLLC, mMTC, V2X, etc.) operating within one wideband carrier, different numerology (e.g., subcarrier spacing) may be required for each frequency band within the carrier. Can be supported. Alternatively, the capability for maximum bandwidth may be different for each UE. Considering this, the BS can instruct the UE to operate only in a part of the bandwidth rather than the entire bandwidth of the wideband carrier, and the part of the bandwidth is called a bandwidth part (BWP).
  • BWP bandwidth part
  • a BWP is a subset of contiguous common resource blocks defined for numerology ⁇ i within bandwidth part i on a carrier, with one numerology (e.g. subcarrier spacing, CP length, slot/mini-slot duration). period) can be set.
  • numerology e.g. subcarrier spacing, CP length, slot/mini-slot duration. period
  • the BS can configure one or more BWPs within one carrier configured for the UE.
  • some UEs can be moved to other BWPs for load balancing.
  • a portion of the spectrum in the middle of the entire bandwidth can be excluded and BWPs on both sides of the cell can be set in the same slot.
  • the BS can set at least one DL/UL BWP to the UE associated with the wideband carrier, and at least one DL/UL BWP (physical) among the DL/UL BWP(s) set at a specific time.
  • L1 signaling which is a layer control signal, MAC control element (CE), or RRC signaling, which is a MAC layer control signal
  • L1 signaling which is a layer control signal, MAC control element (CE), or RRC signaling, which is a MAC layer control signal
  • CE or RRC signaling, etc.
  • An activated DL/UL BWP is specifically referred to as an active DL/UL BWP.
  • the DL/UL BWP assumed by the UE is referred to as the initial active DL/UL BWP.
  • Figure 6 illustrates an example of a general random access procedure. Specifically, Figure 6 illustrates a contention-based random access procedure including 4-Step of the terminal.
  • the terminal may transmit Message 1 (Msg1) including a random access preamble through PRACH (e.g., see 1701 in FIG. 6(a)).
  • Msg1 Message 1
  • PRACH Physical Broadcast Channel
  • Random access preamble sequences with different lengths may be supported.
  • the long sequence length 839 applies for subcarrier spacings of 1.25 and 5 kHz, and the short sequence length 139 applies for subcarrier spacings of 15, 30, 60, and 120 kHz.
  • RACH Configuration for the cell is included in the cell's system information and provided to the terminal.
  • RACH Configuration includes information about PRACH's subcarrier spacing, available preambles, preamble format, etc.
  • RACH Configuration includes association information between SSBs and RACH (time-frequency) resources. The terminal transmits a random access preamble on the RACH time-frequency resource associated with the detected or selected SSB.
  • the threshold of SSB for RACH resource association can be set by the network, and transmission or retransmission of the RACH preamble is performed based on the SSB in which the reference signal received power (RSRP) measured based on SSB meets the threshold.
  • RSRP reference signal received power
  • the UE may select one of the SSB(s) that meets the threshold and transmit or retransmit the RACH preamble based on the RACH resource associated with the selected SSB.
  • the base station When the base station receives a random access preamble from the terminal, the base station transmits message 2 (Msg2) corresponding to a random access response (RAR) to the terminal (e.g., see 1703 in FIG. 6(a)).
  • Msg2 message 2
  • RAR random access response
  • the PDCCH scheduling the PDSCH carrying the RAR is transmitted with CRC masking using a random access-radio network temporary identifier (RA-RNTI).
  • RA-RNTI random access-radio network temporary identifier
  • the terminal that detects the PDCCH masked with RA-RNTI can receive RAR from the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI carrying the corresponding PDCCH.
  • the terminal checks whether the preamble it transmitted, that is, random access response information for Msg1, is within the RAR.
  • Whether random access information for Msg1 transmitted by the terminal exists can be determined by whether a random access preamble ID exists for the preamble transmitted by the terminal. If there is no response to Msg1, the UE may retransmit the RACH preamble within a predetermined number of times while performing power ramping. The UE calculates the PRACH transmission power for retransmission of the preamble based on the most recent path loss and power ramping counter.
  • Random access response information transmitted on the PDSCH may include timing advance (TA) information for UL synchronization, an initial UL grant, and a temporary C-RNTI (cell-RNTI).
  • TA information is used to control uplink signal transmission timing.
  • the terminal may transmit UL transmission as Msg3 of the random access procedure on the uplink shared channel based on the random access response information (e.g., see 1705 in FIG. 6(a)).
  • Msg3 may include an RRC connection request and a terminal identifier.
  • the network may send Msg4, which may be treated as a contention resolution message on the DL (e.g., see 1707 in Figure 4(a)). By receiving Msg4, the terminal can enter the RRC connected state.
  • the contention-free random access procedure can be used when the terminal hands over to another cell or base station, or can be performed when requested by a command from the base station.
  • the preamble to be used by the terminal (hereinafter referred to as dedicated random access preamble) is allocated by the base station.
  • Information about the dedicated random access preamble may be included in an RRC message (eg, handover command) or provided to the terminal through the PDCCH order.
  • the UL grant in RAR schedules PUSCH transmission to the UE.
  • the PUSCH carrying the initial UL transmission by the UL grant within the RAR is also referred to as Msg3 PUSCH.
  • the content of the RAR UL grant starts at the MSB and ends at the LSB, and is given in Table 4.
  • the CSI request field in the RAR UL grant indicates whether the UE will include an aperiodic CSI report in the corresponding PUSCH transmission.
  • the subcarrier spacing for Msg3 PUSCH transmission is provided by the RRC parameter.
  • the UE will transmit PRACH and Msg3 PUSCH on the same uplink carrier in the same service providing cell.
  • UL BWP for Msg3 PUSCH transmission is indicated by SIB1 (SystemInformationBlock1).
  • Figure 7 shows an example of mapping a physical channel within a slot.
  • PDCCH may be transmitted in the DL control area, and PDSCH may be transmitted in the DL data area.
  • PUCCH may be transmitted in the UL control area, and PUSCH may be transmitted in the UL data area.
  • GP provides a time gap during the process of the base station and the terminal switching from transmission mode to reception mode or from reception mode to transmission mode. Some symbols at the point of transition from DL to UL within a subframe may be set to GP.
  • PDCCH carries Downlink Control Information (DCI).
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • PCCCH includes transmission format and resource allocation for downlink shared channel (DL-SCH), resource allocation information for uplink shared channel (UL-SCH), paging information for paging channel (PCH), It carries system information on the DL-SCH, resource allocation information for upper layer control messages such as random access responses transmitted on the PDSCH, transmission power control commands, activation/deactivation of CS (Configured Scheduling), etc.
  • DCI includes a cyclic redundancy check (CRC), and the CRC is masked/scrambled with various identifiers (e.g.
  • Radio Network Temporary Identifier depending on the owner or purpose of use of the PDCCH. For example, if the PDCCH is for a specific UE, the CRC is masked with the UE identifier (eg, Cell-RNTI, C-RNTI). If the PDCCH is related to paging, the CRC is masked with P-RNTI (Paging-RNTI). If the PDCCH is about system information (e.g., System Information Block, SIB), the CRC is masked with System Information RNTI (SI-RNTI). If the PDCCH relates to a random access response, the CRC is masked with Random Access-RNTI (RA-RNTI).
  • SIB System Information Block
  • PDCCH consists of 1, 2, 4, 8, or 16 CCE (Control Channel Elements) depending on AL (Aggregation Level).
  • CCE is a logical allocation unit used to provide PDCCH of a certain code rate according to the wireless channel status.
  • CCE consists of six REGs (Resource Element Groups).
  • REG is defined as one OFDM symbol and one (P)RB.
  • PDCCH is transmitted through CORESET (Control Resource Set).
  • CORESET is defined as a set of REGs with a given pneumonology (e.g. SCS, CP length, etc.). Multiple CORESETs for one terminal may overlap in the time/frequency domain.
  • CORESET can be set through system information (eg, Master Information Block, MIB) or UE-specific upper layer (eg, Radio Resource Control, RRC, layer) signaling. Specifically, the number of RBs and the number of OFDM symbols (maximum 3) constituting CORESET can be set by higher layer signaling.
  • MIB Master Information Block
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the UE monitors PDCCH candidates.
  • the PDCCH candidate represents the CCE(s) that the UE must monitor for PDCCH detection.
  • Each PDCCH candidate is defined as 1, 2, 4, 8, or 16 CCEs depending on the AL. Monitoring includes (blind) decoding of PDCCH candidates.
  • the set of PDCCH candidates monitored by the UE is defined as the PDCCH Search Space (SS).
  • the search space includes a common search space (CSS) or a UE-specific search space (USS).
  • the UE can obtain DCI by monitoring PDCCH candidates in one or more search spaces set by MIB or higher layer signaling.
  • Each CORESET is associated with one or more search spaces, and each search space is associated with one COREST.
  • the search space can be defined based on the following parameters.
  • controlResourceSetId Indicates CORESET related to the search space
  • - monitoringSymbolsWithinSlot Indicates the PDCCH monitoring symbols within the slot (e.g., indicates the first symbol(s) of CORESET)
  • PDCCH monitoring
  • One or more PDCCH (monitoring) opportunities may be configured within a slot.
  • Table 5 illustrates the characteristics of each search space type.
  • Type Search Space RNTI Use Case Type0-PDCCH Common SI-RNTI on a primary cell SIB Decoding Type0A-PDCCH Common SI-RNTI on a primary cell SIB Decoding Type1-PDCCH Common RA-RNTI or TC-RNTI on a primary cell Msg2, Msg4 decoding in RACH Type2-PDCCH Common P-RNTI on a primary cell Paging Decoding Type3-PDCCH Common INT-RNTI, SFI-RNTI, TPC-PUSCH-RNTI, TPC-PUCCH-RNTI, TPC-SRS-RNTI, C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI, or CS-RNTI(s) UE Specific C-RNTI, or MCS-C-RNTI, or CS-RNTI(s) User specific PDSCH decoding
  • Table 6 illustrates DCI formats transmitted through PDCCH.
  • DCI format 0_0 is used to schedule TB-based (or TB-level) PUSCH
  • DCI format 0_1 is used to schedule TB-based (or TB-level) PUSCH or CBG (Code Block Group)-based (or CBG-level) PUSCH.
  • DCI format 1_0 is used to schedule a TB-based (or TB-level) PDSCH
  • DCI format 1_1 is used to schedule a TB-based (or TB-level) PDSCH or CBG-based (or CBG-level) PDSCH. (DL grant DCI).
  • DCI format 0_0/0_1 may be referred to as UL grant DCI or UL scheduling information
  • DCI format 1_0/1_1 may be referred to as DL grant DCI or UL scheduling information
  • DCI format 2_0 is used to deliver dynamic slot format information (e.g., dynamic SFI) to the terminal
  • DCI format 2_1 is used to deliver downlink pre-emption information to the terminal.
  • DCI format 2_0 and/or DCI format 2_1 can be delivered to terminals within the group through group common PDCCH, which is a PDCCH delivered to terminals defined as one group.
  • DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 may be referred to as a fallback DCI format
  • DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 may be referred to as a non-fallback DCI format.
  • the DCI size/field configuration remains the same regardless of terminal settings.
  • the non-fallback DCI format the DCI size/field configuration varies depending on the terminal settings.
  • PDSCH carries downlink data (e.g., DL-SCH transport block, DL-SCH TB), and modulation methods such as QPSK (Quadrature Phase Shift Keying), 16 QAM (Quadrature Amplitude Modulation), 64 QAM, and 256 QAM are applied. do.
  • a codeword is generated by encoding TB.
  • PDSCH can carry up to two codewords. Scrambling and modulation mapping are performed for each codeword, and modulation symbols generated from each codeword may be mapped to one or more layers. Each layer is mapped to resources along with DMRS (Demodulation Reference Signal), generated as an OFDM symbol signal, and transmitted through the corresponding antenna port.
  • DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
  • UCI Uplink Control Information
  • UCI includes:
  • Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest-ACK Acknowledgement: A response to a downlink data packet (e.g., codeword) on the PDSCH. Indicates whether the downlink data packet has been successfully received. 1 bit of HARQ-ACK may be transmitted in response to a single codeword, and 2 bits of HARQ-ACK may be transmitted in response to two codewords.
  • the HARQ-ACK response includes positive ACK (simply ACK), negative ACK (NACK), DTX or NACK/DTX.
  • HARQ-ACK is used interchangeably with HARQ ACK/NACK and ACK/NACK.
  • MIMO-related feedback information includes a Rank Indicator (RI) and a Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI).
  • RI Rank Indicator
  • PMI Precoding Matrix Indicator
  • PUSCH carries uplink data (e.g., UL-SCH transport block, UL-SCH TB) and/or uplink control information (UCI), and uses CP-OFDM (Cyclic Prefix - Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) waveform or It is transmitted based on the DFT-s-OFDM (Discrete Fourier Transform - spread - Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) waveform.
  • the terminal transmits the PUSCH by applying transform precoding.
  • PUSCH can be transmitted based on the OFDM waveform or the DFT-s-OFDM waveform.
  • PUSCH transmission is scheduled dynamically by UL grant within DCI, or semi-statically based on upper layer (e.g., RRC) signaling (and/or Layer 1 (L1) signaling (e.g., PDCCH)). Can be scheduled (configured grant).
  • PUSCH transmission can be performed based on codebook or non-codebook.
  • RedCap UE/terminal This new type of terminal will be called a Reduced Capability NR terminal (hereinafter referred to as RedCap UE/terminal, or RedCap), and to distinguish it from this, the conventional NR terminal will be called a non-RedCap UE/terminal, or non-RedCap. do.
  • RedCap terminals are cheaper than non-RedCap terminals and have lower power consumption. In detail, they may have all or part of the following features.
  • Target use cases for Redcap terminals with the above features may include:
  • IWSN Intelligent Wireless Sensor Network
  • LTE-M/NB-IOT Low Power Wide Area
  • RedCap terminals may have lower transmission and reception performance than non-RedCap terminals.
  • the main cause is a decrease in frequency diversity performance due to a decrease in terminal bandwidth. As the supported terminal bandwidth decreases, the performance decrease becomes greater.
  • RedCap's main use cases such as wearables and massive wireless sensors
  • traffic congestion problems are expected because massive connections must be supported through a narrow bandwidth.
  • FH terminal frequency hopping
  • TO traffic offloading
  • '()' can be interpreted both as excluding the content in () and including the content in parentheses.
  • '/' may mean including (and) all of the content separated by / or including (or) only part of the separated content.
  • RedCap UE types are supported as follows. In particular, at least the following two types are supported.
  • Rel.17 RedCap terminal (hereinafter, Rel.17 R-terminal): Rel.17 R-terminal supporting 20MHz BWP
  • Rel.18 R-terminal Rel.18 R-terminal supporting 5MHz BWP (or 5MHz sub-BWP or 5MHz BW location)
  • Option BW1 Both RF and BB (BaseBand) bandwidths of the terminal support 5 MHz for UL/DL.
  • Option BW2 The terminal supports 5 MHz BB bandwidth and 20 MHz RF bandwidth for all UL/DL signals/channels.
  • Option BW3 For PDSCH (unicast/broadcast PDSCH) and PUSCH, only 5 MHz BB bandwidth is supported, and UL/DL 20 MHz RF bandwidth is supported. However, up to 20MHz UE RF+BB bandwidth is supported for other physical channels and signals.
  • Rel.18 PDSCH or DCI may mean PDSCH or DCI for Rel.18 R-terminal.
  • Rel-17 PDSCH or legacy PDSCH or pre-Rel.18 PDSCH may mean Rel.17 R-terminal or PDSCH for non-RedCap terminal regardless of release
  • -Rel.18 DCI may mean Rel.17 R-terminal or DCI for non-RedCap terminal regardless of release.
  • BWP for Rel.18 R-terminal can be replaced with sub-BWP or BW location, and the size can be 5 MHz or smaller.
  • Figure 8 shows the flow of a signal transmission and reception method according to an embodiment.
  • the terminal can receive system information (805).
  • the terminal can set an initial BWP (810).
  • the terminal can receive a paging signal from the base station (815) and perform a RACH procedure for initial access from the base station (820).
  • the terminal when in the RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state, the terminal usually sets/activates one initial BWP and can perform an initial access procedure/process through the initial BWP in the activated state.
  • the base station can allocate a PDSCH by dividing the initial BWP for a general UE and/or the R17-initial BWP for an R17 RedCap UE into N 5Mhz.
  • the R18 RedCap terminal can only receive PDSCH transmission up to 5Mhz
  • the 20Mhz initial BWP is divided into N 5Mhz sub-BWPs and one or more of the 20Mhz initial BWP is used for system information transmission and/or paging transmission.
  • Rel-18 PDSCH(s) can be transmitted through a specific 5Mhz sub-BWP.
  • the R18 RedCap terminal is explicitly set to a plurality of 5Mhz sub-BWPs within the 20 Mhz initial BWP or the initial BWP for a general terminal, or without explicitly setting a division for a plurality of 5Mhz sub-BWPs.
  • frequency resources corresponding to a 5 Mhz sub-BWP (hereinafter referred to as bandwidth) may be allocated.
  • bandwidth frequency resources corresponding to a 5 Mhz sub-BWP
  • the R18 RedCap terminal receives a plurality of 5Mhz sub-BWPs divided within a specific BWP, but is not limited to this and 5Mhz through a resource allocation method without explicit division settings.
  • it can also be applied if a sub-BWP or a frequency bandwidth of 5Mhz is indicated.
  • Figure 9 is a diagram for explaining a method of setting multiple sub-BWPs in one BWP.
  • a UE in the RRC_CONNECTED state can have up to 4 UE-only BWPs (or sub-BWPs) set for one BWP.
  • the terminal can activate only one sub-BWP among four sub-BWPs.
  • the sub-BWPs may be set to not overlap each other (non-overlapped sub-BWPs), as shown in FIG. 9, or may be set to overlap in whole/part.
  • the sub-BWPs may be composed of a 5 Mhz sub-BWP and a 3 Mhz sub-BWP so that they do not overlap each other within 8 Mhz.
  • the sub-BWPs may be set to 4Mhz sub-BWP and 4Mhz sub-BWP that do not overlap each other within the 8 Mhz BWP, or may be set to 5Mhz sub-BWP and 5Mhz sub-BWP that partially overlap.
  • each sub-BWP can be set in the following manner.
  • the base station can indicate the starting PRB and number of PRBs (consecutive PRBs) for each sub-BWP.
  • the start PRB of a sub-BWP may be indicated/set through a relative offset to the start PRB of a specific BWP connected to the sub-BWP.
  • the base station may indicate the number N of sub-BWPs for a specific BWP and set sub-BWPs according to the value of N.
  • each sub-BWP can be set to consist of PRBs equal to the Ceiling (M/N) or Floor (M/N) value.
  • the specific sub-BWP is set as the first active sub-BWP (or default sub-BWP, initial sub-BWP, It can be specified as default BW location or associated sub-BWP).
  • the terminal can activate/set the first active sub-BWP of the specific BWP or switch the BWP to the first active sub-BWP of the specific BWP.
  • the UE may transmit PUSCH in the first active sub-BWP indicated/configured for a specific UL BWP and receive PDCCH and/or PDSCH in the first active sub-BWP indicated/configured for a specific DL BWP.
  • a terminal in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state can switch to RRC_CONNECTED mode through initial connection.
  • the commercial terminal may perform an initial connection procedure.
  • the terminal may perform an initial access procedure to the target cell through a mobility process such as hand-over.
  • the terminal When performing RACH, which is such an initial access procedure, the terminal first selects an initial DL/UL BWP, selects a sub-BWP of the initial UL BWP, and transmits the PRACH preamble in the sub-BWP of the selected initial UL BWP. And/or MSG3 (or MSG A) PUSCH transmission may be performed.
  • the terminal can select sub-BWP for the initial DL BWP and receive MSG2 (or MSG B) and/or MSG4 PDCCH/PDSCH. Thereafter, the terminal can perform DL reception/UL transmission through the selected sub-BWP (or initial sub-BWP) until a separate reconfiguration message is received.
  • the R18 R-terminal can be set to a separate initial (sub) BWP that is different from existing terminals, and if there is no separate initial BWP, the initial BWP set for the R17 R-terminal can be selected. If the initial BWP for the R17/18 R-terminal is not set, the R18 R-terminal can select the initial BWP set for the general terminal. Meanwhile, when CG (Configured Grant)-based SDT (small data transmission) is supported, the terminal selects a sub-BWP, as will be described later, and transmits the PRACH preamble and/or MSG3/A PUSCH in the selected sub-BWP instead of transmitting it. PUSCH for CG-SDT can be transmitted and PDCCH/PDSCH can be received.
  • the terminal may perform PRACH preamble and/or MSG3/A PUSCH transmission in the one sub-BWP or first active sub-BWP. For example, when only one sub-BWP is configured in the initial UL BWP, the terminal may transmit a PRACH preamble (or MGS A) in the one sub-BWP.
  • the terminal when a plurality of sub-BWPs are configured within the initial UL BWP, the terminal operates in the sub-BWP configured as the first active sub-BWP (or default sub-BWP or designated 5Mhz BW) among the plurality of sub-BWPs.
  • a PRACH preamble (or MGS A) can be transmitted.
  • the base station can set different sub-BWPs within the initial UL BWP according to the terminal type or terminal capabilities in the system information.
  • the type of terminal or the capabilities of the terminal include processing time, RF BW (Radio Frequency Bandwidth), maximum TB size, maximum bit rate, and/or antenna supported by the terminal. It may be about numbers, etc.
  • the terminal selects a sub-BWP mapped within the initial UL BWP set (via the base station) based on the type of its terminal or the capabilities of the terminal, and transmits the PRACH preamble and/or MSG3/A PUSCH in the selected sub-BWP. Transmission can be performed.
  • the first sub-BWP in the initial UL BWP is set as the sub-BWP for transmission of PRACH, etc.
  • the second sub-BWP in the initial UL BWP is set.
  • -BWP can be set as sub-BWP for transmission of PRACH, etc.
  • the first sub-BWP in the initial UL BWP is set as a sub-BWP for transmission of PRACH, etc.
  • a terminal with a more limited processing time is set as a sub-BWP for transmission of PRACH, etc.
  • the second sub-BWP within the initial UL BWP can be set as a BWP.
  • the base station may set different sub-BWPs within the initial UL BWP for each service in the system information or according to the establishment cause or re-establishment cause of initial connection.
  • the terminal may select a sub-BWP mapped within the initial UL BWP based on the cause of the initial access trigger and perform PRACH preamble and/or MSG3/A PUSCH transmission.
  • the first sub-BWP is set as a sub-BWP mapped within the initial UL BWP for a mobile originating call, and the sub-BWP is mapped within the initial UL BWP for a mobile terminating call.
  • a sub-BWP may be set.
  • the base station and the terminal can configure/select the first active sub-BWP (or first DL active sub-BWP) within the initial DL BWP in the same manner as the configuration/selection method of the first active sub-BWP within the initial UL BWP.
  • the base station may set different sub-BWPs within the initial DL BWP according to terminal type, terminal capability, service, establishment cause of initial connection, and/or re-establishment cause.
  • the terminal can select one sub-BWP set in the initial DL BWP based on its terminal type, terminal capabilities, trigger cause of initial connection, etc.
  • the terminal can transmit MSG2/B or receive MSG4 PDCCH/PDSCH through the selected sub-BWP.
  • a plurality of sub-BWPs are set within the initial UL BWP, but if there is no separate setting for the first active sub-BWP, the terminal selects one sub-BWP among the plurality of sub-BWPs/ It can be activated.
  • the terminal may transmit PRACH preamble and/or MSG3/A PUSCH through the selected sub-BWP.
  • the terminal randomly selects one sub-BWP among the plurality of sub-BWPs, selects one sub-BWP based on UE ID, selects one sub-BWP stochastically, or selects one sub-BWP by beam
  • One sub-BWP can be selected based on the measurement results for (or serving cell).
  • the base station may set a probability value between 0 and x1 in the first sub-BWP and a probability value between x1 and 1 in the second sub-BWP.
  • the terminal randomly selects a decimal value between 0 and 1 with a uniform probability and selects the first or second sub-BWP depending on whether the selected value is greater or less than x1.
  • the terminal calculates the 'UE ID mod M' result value based on its UE ID, and if the result value is 0, the first sub-BWP You can select/set a BWP and, if the result is 1, select/set a second sub-BWP.
  • the terminal can select/set the last Mth sub-BWP when the result value is M-1 according to the ascending order of the result values.
  • this setting process may proceed in descending order of the result value.
  • the terminal selects/sets the first sub-BWP when the result value is M-1, and the result value is 1 in descending order of the result value.
  • the last Mth sub-BWP can be selected/set.
  • the base station can be set to map a specific threshold to a specific SSB index for SSB beams based on N SSB indices indicated in SIB1 (System Information Block 1).
  • the base station may set a specific threshold for SSB beams based on N SSB indices indicated in SIB1 (System Information Block 1).
  • the terminal measures RSRP (Reference Signals Received Power) or RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality) for each of the SSBs, and based on the measurement results, selects the most SSB among at least one SSB with a measurement value equal to or higher than the specific threshold.
  • RSRP Reference Signals Received Power
  • RSRQ Reference Signal Received Quality
  • the terminal transmits the PRACH preamble and/or MSG3/A PUSCH through (one) sub-BWP (i.e., initial sub-BWP) mapped to the selected SSB or SSB index among a plurality of sub-BWPs. You can. If there is no SSB or SSB index with a measurement value (or quality) above the specific threshold, the terminal randomly selects one SSB index from among the N SSB indexes, and sub-BWP mapped to the selected SSB index.
  • the PRACH preamble and/or MSG3/A PUSCH can be transmitted through .
  • the base station and the terminal may configure/select the first active sub-BWP (or first DL active sub-BWP) within the initial DL BWP in the same manner as the first active sub-BWP configuration/selection method within the initial UL BWP. .
  • the terminal randomly selects one sub-BWP, selects one sub-BWP based on UE ID, or selects one sub-BWP based on probability.
  • one sub-BWP can be selected, or one sub-BWP can be selected according to the measurement results for the beam (or serving cell).
  • the UE can receive the PDCCH/PDSCH for MSG2/B or MSG4 through the selected sub-BWP (or first DL active sub-BWP).
  • the base station can map between the M sub-BWPs in the initial UL BWP and the k sub-BWPs in the initial DL BWP. For example, a specific UL sub-BWP may be mapped to one or multiple DL sub-BWPs, or a specific DL sub-BWP may be mapped to one or multiple UL sub-BWPs.
  • the terminal selects the first active sub-BWP among the M sub-BWPs in the initial UL BWP using one of the above methods, and selects the DL sub-BWP mapped to the selected first active sub-BWP for UL. selection, the selected DL sub-BWP can be set as the first active sub-BWP for DL within the initial DL BWP. Afterwards, the UE may perform PDCCH monitoring and/or PDSCH reception through the first active sub-BWP for DL within the initial DL BWP.
  • the base station can set the initial UL/DL BWP into a plurality of overlapped or non-overlapped sub-BWPs for a terminal in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state.
  • the base station can configure one or more UL/DL BWPs for a UE in the RRC_CONNECTED state by dividing them into a plurality of overlapping or non-overlapping sub-BWPs.
  • the terminal uses a plurality of sub-BWPs in the active DL BWP based on a specific frequency hopping pattern.
  • the BWP can receive a PDCCH and/or PDSCH and/or a reference signal from one sub-BWP for one BWP at one moment (specific time), and the active UL BWP can be activated based on a specific frequency hopping pattern.
  • PUCCH and/or PUSCH and/or SRS may be transmitted through one sub-BWP for one BWP at a specific time (specific time) according to a specific frequency hopping pattern among a plurality of sub-BWPs in the sub-BWP.
  • a UE in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state can select a sub-BWP (or initial active sub-BWP) based on the frequency hopping pattern from the initial DL BWP and receive paging, system information, or RACH MSG2/MSG4/MSGB.
  • RACH MSG1/MSGA/MSG3 can be transmitted by selecting a sub-BWP (or initially active sub-BWP) based on the frequency hopping pattern from the initial UL BWP.
  • the frequency hopping pattern may be composed of one or more options as follows.
  • the base station transmits configuration information about one or more hopping patterns and an ID for each of the plurality of hopping patterns through an RRC message, and sets the ID of the hopping pattern to be applied through an RRC message (or MAC CE, DCI). It is possible to convey instructional information.
  • the terminal receives the setting information and an ID is indicated through the indication information, the terminal can perform the following operations.
  • the terminal can transmit and receive signals based on the frequency hopping pattern of the indicated ID.
  • the terminal can transmit and receive signals by changing the frequency hopping pattern to the frequency hopping pattern of the indicated ID.
  • the signal transmission and reception operation may be performed based on a frequency hopping pattern according to the ID after a certain period of time immediately after receiving the ID.
  • the certain time may be designated/determined based on UE capabilities, or may be indicated/determined through RRC settings of the base station.
  • the base station and the terminal are based on the symbol index, slot index, subframe index, and/or SFN index, and the 5Mhz frequency section or 5Mhz frequency bandwidth of the sub-BWP as follows. You can set a frequency hopping pattern.
  • the base station uses a specific symbol index, a specific slot index, a specific subframe index, and/or a specific SFN index in the hopping pattern, and at least one BWP (and/or at least one sub-BWP) can be connected/mapped.
  • the base station may associate a specific BWP and/or a specific sub-BWP with at least one symbol index, at least one slot index, at least one subframe index, and/or at least one It can be connected/mapped to the SFN index of .
  • each symbol index, slot index, subframe index, and/or SFN index connects to different BWPs (and/or different sub-BWPs).
  • the base station can set a frequency hopping pattern for frequency hopping between BWPs (and/or sub-BWPs) over time.
  • the frequency hopping pattern is set in this way, the terminal is connected to a specific symbol index, a specific slot index, a specific subframe index, and/or a specific SFN index based on the set frequency hopping pattern.
  • PDSCH or PUSCH resources scheduled by DCI can be allocated.
  • the terminal may transmit (or receive the PDSCH) the PUSCH scheduled by the DCI in the first sub-BWP of the first BWP. there is.
  • the terminal transmits the PUSCH scheduled by the DCI (or receives the PDSCH) in the second sub-BWP of the first or second BWP. You can.
  • the terminal may transmit PSUCH or receive PDSCH based on the frequency hopping pattern.
  • the terminal can transmit and receive signals as follows.
  • the terminal determines the BWP and/or sub-BWP for the second slot according to the set frequency hopping pattern, and determines the sub-BWP of the determined BWP.
  • the PDSCH can be received by determining the PDSCH resource in BWP.
  • the first slot and the second slot may be the same or different.
  • the terminal determines the BWP and/or sub-BWP for the second slot according to the configured frequency hopping pattern, and determines the determined sub-BWP of the determined BWP.
  • PUSCH can be transmitted based on PUSCH resources allocated in BWP.
  • the first slot and the second slot may be the same or different.
  • the terminal determines the BWP and/or sub-BWP for the slot to which the SPS PDSCH is assigned according to the set frequency hopping pattern, and determines the sub-BWP of the determined BWP.
  • the SPS PDSCH can be received from the SPS PDSCH resource allocated in .
  • the terminal determines the BWP and/or sub-BWP for the slot to which the CG PUSCH is allocated according to the configured frequency hopping pattern, and CG PUSCH resources allocated to the determined sub-BWP of the determined BWP CG PUSCH can be transmitted based on .
  • Rel.18 R-terminal receives Rel.18 PDSCH transmitting system information according to methods 1, 2, and 3 above.
  • the DCI of methods 1, 2, and 3 is a DCI in which the CRC is scrambled with SI-RNTI.
  • the DCI can schedule the Rel.18 PDSCH for R-SIB1 as follows.
  • Opt 1 One DCI on CORESET shared by pre-Rel.18 UE and Rel.18 UE supports Rel.18 R-SIB1 as well as pre-Rel.18 SIB1 to FDM within 20MHz initial DL BWP. Schedule.
  • Opt 2 One DCI on CORESET shared by pre-Rel.18 UE and Rel.18 UE is pre-Rel.18 R-SIB1 outside 20 MHz initial DL BWP as well as pre-Rel.18 R-SIB1 outside 20 MHz initial DL BWP. Schedule SIB1 with FDM.
  • Opt 3 One DCI on CORESET shared by pre-Rel.18 UE and Rel.18 UE supports Rel.18 R-SIB1 as well as pre-Rel.18 SIB1 to TDM within 20MHz initial DL BWP. Schedule.
  • the Rel.18 PDSCH carrying Rel.18 R-SIB1 is scheduled within the 5 MHz (sub)BWP or BW location, while the legacy PDSCH carrying pre-Rel.18 SIB1 is scheduled within the 5 MHz initial BWP or 20 MHz initial BWP. It is scheduled.
  • the base station can indicate whether the DCI schedules both Rel.18 R-SIB1 and pre-Rel.18 SIB1, as in Opt.
  • the Rel.18 R-terminal When the Rel.18 R-terminal receives the conventional SIB1 or a DCI scheduling the conventional SIB1, the Rel.18 R-terminal receives a separate cellBarred for the Rel.18 R-terminal from the conventional SIB1 or the DCI scheduling the conventional SIB1. Receive parameters. Accordingly, according to the received cellBarred parameter, the Rel.18 R-terminal determines whether it can access the cell or whether the cell should be barred.
  • Rel.18 When the R-terminal does not receive the existing SIB1 but receives a new R-SIB1 or a DCI scheduling R-SIB1, selects a sub-BWP for R-SIB1, and selects the DCI or R-SIBWP of the selected sub-BWP.
  • a separate cellBarred parameter for Rel.18 R-terminal is received from SIB1. Accordingly, according to the received cellBarred parameter, the Rel.18 R-terminal determines whether it can access the cell or whether the cell should be barred.
  • the base station can set up a dedicated RACH resource for the on-demand SI request.
  • a dedicated RACH resource can be set for terminal identification during initial access.
  • the base station distinguishes RACH resources for Rel.17 R-terminals, RACH resources for Rel.18 R-terminals, and RACH resources for general terminals. Can be assigned.
  • the base station can allocate RACH resources for the option BW1 terminal, RACH resources for the option BW2 terminal, and RACH resources for the option BW3 terminal for the Rel.18 R-terminal. These different RACH resources can be allocated separately through existing SIB1 and R-SIB1.
  • the Rel.18 R-terminal selects the PRACH resource appropriate for its terminal type and transmits MSG1 or MSGA. In addition, it can indicate that it is a Rel.18 R-terminal through the (sub-)header of the MAC PDU of MSG3 PUSCH or MSGA PUSCH, or Option BW1, BW2, or BW3 can be indicated depending on the type of terminal.
  • the Rel.18 R-terminal receives the Rel.18 PDSCH that transmits the paging message according to methods 1, 2, and 3 above.
  • the DCI of methods 1, 2, and 3 is a DCI in which the CRC is scrambled by P-RNTI.
  • the DCI for PEI may indicate the (sub-)BWP or BW location for the R-terminal for receiving Rel.18 paging PDSCH.
  • the DCI for PEI may provide FDRA (frequency domain resource allocation) and/or TDRA (time domain resource allocation) information for Rel.18 paging PDSCH reception.
  • Rel.18 TRS Tracking Reference signal
  • TRS for paging of Rel.18 R-terminal is set only within the initial BWP or sub-BWP or 5 MHz BW location for Rel.18 R-terminal.
  • the TRS for Rel.18 R-terminal When the TRS for Rel.18 R-terminal performs frequency hopping, the TRS performs frequency hopping only within the initial BWP or sub-BWP or 5 MHz BW location for Rel.18 R-terminal.
  • TRS for paging of Rel.18 R-terminal can be set outside the initial BWP or sub-BWP or 5 MHz BW location for Rel.18 R-terminal. In this case, TRS is set in the initial BWP for Rel.17 R-terminal at 20 MHz.
  • Rel.18 R-terminal (especially option BW1 or 2 terminal) receives TRS through RF re-tuning.
  • Figure 10 is a diagram to explain how a terminal transmits a message related to the RACH procedure to a cell or base station.
  • the terminal may receive at least one Synchronization signal block (SSB) and trigger a Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure for the selected cell based on the at least one SSB (S101).
  • SSB Synchronization signal block
  • RACH Random Access Channel
  • the terminal may trigger the RACH procedure for the selected cell based on the at least one SSB for initial access, handover, SCell (Secondary Cell) addition, or SCell activation.
  • the terminal may determine the initial bandwidth for performing the RACH procedure in the UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) set for the selected cell/base station (S103).
  • the UL BWP may be an initial UL BWP established in relation to the RACH procedure.
  • the terminal configures the at least one bandwidth (or, based on the at least one SSB)
  • the initial bandwidth (or first UL active sub-BWP) for performing the RACH procedure may be determined among at least one UL sub-BWP.
  • the terminal can receive at least one SSB and measure the quality of the SSB for each of the received at least one SSB.
  • the terminal determines a specific SSB having a quality higher than a certain threshold among the at least one SSB based on the quality of the measured SSB, and sets the bandwidth corresponding to the determined specific SSB among the at least one bandwidth to the initial bandwidth (or , first UL active sub-BWP).
  • a corresponding SSB index may be set in advance for each of the at least one bandwidth. For example, a plurality of bandwidths having the size of a first frequency bandwidth may be set for the UL BWP, and the index of the corresponding SSB may be preset/mapped for each of the plurality of bandwidths.
  • the mapping relationship for each of the plurality of bandwidths to the index of the corresponding SSB may be indicated/set in advance through SIB1, etc.
  • the at least one bandwidth may be defined as (UL) Sub-BWP having a size of 5Mhz or less as described above.
  • the UL BWP may determine/select one sub-BWP among at least one sub-BWP as the initial sub-BWP, which is the initial bandwidth.
  • one or more bandwidths of the first size or less may be set within the UL BWP according to the above-described “method of setting one or multiple sub-BWPs.”
  • the terminal identifies the index of the SSB with the highest SSB quality among the two or more SSBs, and identifies it among the at least one bandwidth.
  • the bandwidth corresponding to the index of the SSB can be set/determined as the initial bandwidth (or first UL active sub-BWP).
  • the terminal may randomly select one SSB among the two or more SSBs, and set/determine the bandwidth corresponding to the index of the selected one SSB among the at least one bandwidth as the initial bandwidth.
  • the terminal selects one SSB from among the two or more SSBs based on the identifier (UE ID) of the terminal, and sets the bandwidth corresponding to the index of the selected one SSB among the at least one bandwidth as the initial bandwidth. It can be set/decided. For example, the terminal selects one SSB among the two or more SSBs based on the UE ID and a modulo operation (UE ID mod M) result for the number of bandwidths less than or equal to the first size set in the UL BWP. You can choose.
  • UE ID identifier
  • UE ID mod M a modulo operation
  • the terminal may obtain information on the SSB index for the at least one SSB and information on the specific threshold from SIB1 (System Information Block 1) received from the base station or cell.
  • SIB1 System Information Block 1
  • the specific threshold may be set for each SSB index, or a single threshold value may be set in relation to the initial bandwidth decision.
  • a different specific threshold may be set for each SSB index.
  • the terminal can receive the SIB1 based on a frequency bandwidth of 5Mhz or less as described in "Rel.18 R-Terminal Reception of R-SIB1".
  • the terminal can receive TRS for paging in the first size or bandwidth of 5Mhz or less as set in "Rel.18 R-Terminal's Paging Reception".
  • the terminal uses PRACH (physical random access channel, physical random access channel preamble) or the PRACH and PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel) related to the RACH procedure in the determined initial bandwidth (or first UL active sub-BWP).
  • a message including (MSGA) may be transmitted to the cell or base station (S105).
  • the terminal may transmit Msg1 and/or Msg3 at the initial bandwidth when based on the 4-step RACH procedure, and at the initial bandwidth when based on the 2-step RACH procedure.
  • MsgA including PRACH and PUSCH
  • the terminal may receive Msg2 or MsgB from the base station or cell in response to a message (MSGA) including the PRACH and PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel).
  • MSGA Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • the terminal determines the initial bandwidth (or, first DL active sub-BWP) within the DL BWP similarly to the method of determining the initial bandwidth (or, first UL active sub-BWP) within the UL BWP, and the determined
  • the Msg2 or MsgB can be received at the DL initial bandwidth.
  • the terminal determines one bandwidth determined based on the quality of the SSB among a plurality of bandwidths (i.e., a plurality of DL Sub-BWPs) set in the DL BWP as the DL initial bandwidth, and sets the DL initial bandwidth as the DL initial bandwidth.
  • a plurality of bandwidths i.e., a plurality of DL Sub-BWPs
  • the terminal may frequency hop the initial bandwidth or Sub-BWP based on the slot/symbol/SFN/subframe index as described in "Frequency hopping method of BWP and Sub-BWP". there is.
  • the terminal may receive a downlink signal from the hopping Sub-BWP or transmit an uplink signal according to frequency hopping.
  • Figure 11 is a diagram to explain how a base station receives a message related to the RACH procedure from a terminal.
  • the base station may transmit at least one SSB (Synchronization signal block) (S111).
  • a Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure for the selected cell may be triggered based on the at least one SSB.
  • the terminal may trigger the RACH procedure for the selected cell based on the at least one SSB for initial access, handover, SCell (Secondary Cell) addition, or SCell activation.
  • the base station performs a PRACH (physical random access channel, physical random access channel preamble) or the PRACH and PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel) associated with the RACH procedure at an initial bandwidth of less than or equal to the first size (e.g., 5Mhz) within the UL BWP.
  • a message (MSGA) containing can be received (S113).
  • the base station may receive Msg1 and/or Msg3 at the initial bandwidth when based on the 4-step RACH procedure, and the base station may receive Msg1 and/or Msg3 at the initial bandwidth when based on the 2-step RACH procedure.
  • MsgA including PRACH and PUSCH
  • the UL BWP is one or more bandwidths of the first size or less (or limited to the first size or less) or one or more ULs.
  • Sub-BWP can be set.
  • the base station may receive the Msg1, MsgA, and/or Msg3 in the UL initial bandwidth, which is one bandwidth among one or more bandwidths less than or equal to the first size or one or more UL Sub-BWPs.
  • the UL initial bandwidth may be determined from one or more bandwidths less than or equal to the first size or one or more UL Sub-BWPs based on the quality of at least one SSB, as described in FIGS. 8 to 10.
  • the base station may transmit to the terminal SIB1 (System Information Block 1) including information on the SSB index for at least one SSB and information on the specific threshold.
  • SIB1 System Information Block 1
  • the specific threshold may be set for each SSB index, or a single threshold value may be set in relation to the initial bandwidth decision.
  • a different specific threshold may be set for each SSB index.
  • the base station can transmit the SIB1 based on a frequency bandwidth of 5 Mhz or less as described in “Rel.18 R-Terminal Reception of R-SIB1.”
  • the base station may transmit a TRS for paging in the first size or a bandwidth of 5Mhz or less as set in "Rel.18 R-terminal paging reception.”
  • the base station may transmit Msg2 or MsgB (or PDSCH and/or PDSCH) in response to the message (MSGA) including the PRACH and PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel) to the terminal (S115).
  • the base station may determine the initial band (i.e., DL initial bandwidth) within the DL BWP similar to the method of determining the initial bandwidth (i.e., UL initial bandwidth) within the UL BWP.
  • the base station may determine the index of the corresponding SSB based on the initial bandwidth at which the PRACH or MsgA was received, and determine the index of the corresponding SSB among a plurality of bandwidths (i.e., a plurality of DL Sub-BWPs) set in the DL BWP.
  • One bandwidth in the index of SSB can be determined as the DL initial bandwidth.
  • the base station may transmit the Msg2 or MsgB within the determined DL initial bandwidth.
  • the base station determines the index of the SSB received at a quality higher than a certain threshold from the terminal based on the initial bandwidth (or UL initial Sub-BWP) at which the PRACH or MsgA was received, or the index of the SSB corresponding to the initial bandwidth. It can be estimated, and the DL initial bandwidth can be determined based on the index of the estimated SSB.
  • the base station frequency-hops the initial bandwidth or Sub-BWP based on the slot/symbol/SFN/subframe index as described in "Frequency hopping method of BWP and Sub-BWP.”
  • a downlink signal can be transmitted to the terminal, or an uplink signal can be received from the terminal.
  • the proposed invention can clearly determine/specify the initial frequency band of 5Mhz for transmitting signals related to the RACH procedure within the UL BWP based on the quality of SSB.
  • the proposed invention can clearly determine/specify the initial frequency band of 5Mhz in which signals related to the RACH procedure will be received within the UL BWP based on the quality of SSB.
  • the initial frequency band can be effectively distributed among the terminals by determining the initial frequency band based on the quality of the SSB. In other words, it is possible to effectively prevent terminals transmitting PRACH from concentrating on one limited initial frequency band of 5Mhz.
  • Figure 12 illustrates a communication system 1 applicable to the present disclosure.
  • the communication system 1 applicable to the present disclosure includes a wireless device, a base station, and a network.
  • a wireless device refers to a device that performs communication using wireless access technology (e.g., 5G NR (New RAT), LTE (Long Term Evolution)) and may be referred to as a communication/wireless/5G device.
  • wireless devices include robots (100a), vehicles (100b-1, 100b-2), XR (eXtended Reality) devices (100c), hand-held devices (100d), and home appliances (100e). ), IoT (Internet of Thing) device (100f), and AI device/server (400).
  • vehicles may include vehicles equipped with wireless communication functions, autonomous vehicles, vehicles capable of inter-vehicle communication, etc.
  • the vehicle may include an Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) (eg, a drone).
  • UAV Unmanned Aerial Vehicle
  • XR devices include AR (Augmented Reality)/VR (Virtual Reality)/MR (Mixed Reality) devices, HMD (Head-Mounted Device), HUD (Head-Up Display) installed in vehicles, televisions, smartphones, It can be implemented in the form of computers, wearable devices, home appliances, digital signage, vehicles, robots, etc.
  • Portable devices may include smartphones, smart pads, wearable devices (e.g., smartwatches, smart glasses), and computers (e.g., laptops, etc.).
  • Home appliances may include TVs, refrigerators, washing machines, etc.
  • IoT devices may include sensors, smart meters, etc.
  • a base station and network may also be implemented as wireless devices, and a specific wireless device 200a may operate as a base station/network node for other wireless devices.
  • Wireless devices 100a to 100f may be connected to the network 300 through the base station 200.
  • AI Artificial Intelligence
  • the network 300 may be configured using a 3G network, 4G (eg, LTE) network, or 5G (eg, NR) network.
  • Wireless devices 100a to 100f may communicate with each other through the base station 200/network 300, but may also communicate directly (e.g. sidelink communication) without going through the base station/network.
  • vehicles 100b-1 and 100b-2 may communicate directly (e.g.
  • V2V Vehicle to Vehicle
  • V2X Vehicle to everything
  • an IoT device eg, sensor
  • another IoT device eg, sensor
  • another wireless device 100a to 100f
  • Wireless communication/connection may be established between the wireless devices (100a to 100f)/base station (200) and the base station (200)/base station (200).
  • wireless communication/connection includes various wireless connections such as uplink/downlink communication (150a), sidelink communication (150b) (or D2D communication), and inter-base station communication (150c) (e.g. relay, IAB (Integrated Access Backhaul)).
  • uplink/downlink communication 150a
  • sidelink communication 150b
  • inter-base station communication 150c
  • This can be achieved through technology (e.g., 5G NR).
  • a wireless device and a base station/wireless device, and a base station and a base station can transmit/receive wireless signals to each other.
  • wireless communication/connection can transmit/receive signals through various physical channels.
  • various signal processing processes e.g., channel encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation, resource mapping/demapping, etc.
  • resource allocation processes etc.
  • FIG 13 illustrates a wireless device to which the present disclosure can be applied.
  • the first wireless device 100 and the second wireless device 200 can transmit and receive wireless signals through various wireless access technologies (eg, LTE, NR).
  • ⁇ first wireless device 100, second wireless device 200 ⁇ refers to ⁇ wireless device 100x, base station 200 ⁇ and/or ⁇ wireless device 100x, wireless device 100x) in FIG. ⁇ can be responded to.
  • the first wireless device 100 includes one or more processors 102 and one or more memories 104, and may additionally include one or more transceivers 106 and/or one or more antennas 108.
  • Processor 102 controls memory 104 and/or transceiver 106 and may be configured to implement the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein.
  • the processor 102 may process information in the memory 104 to generate first information/signal and then transmit a wireless signal including the first information/signal through the transceiver 106.
  • the processor 102 may receive a wireless signal including the second information/signal through the transceiver 106 and then store information obtained from signal processing of the second information/signal in the memory 104.
  • the memory 104 may be connected to the processor 102 and may store various information related to the operation of the processor 102. For example, memory 104 may perform some or all of the processes controlled by processor 102 or instructions for performing the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein. Software code containing them can be stored.
  • the processor 102 and memory 104 may be part of a communication modem/circuit/chip designed to implement wireless communication technology (eg, LTE, NR).
  • Transceiver 106 may be coupled to processor 102 and may transmit and/or receive wireless signals via one or more antennas 108. Transceiver 106 may include a transmitter and/or receiver. The transceiver 106 can be used interchangeably with an RF (Radio Frequency) unit.
  • a wireless device may mean a communication modem/circuit/chip.
  • the first wireless device 100 or terminal may include a processor 102 and a memory 104 connected to the RF transceiver.
  • the memory 104 may include at least one program capable of performing operations related to the embodiments described in FIGS. 9 to 11 .
  • the processor 102 controls the RF transceiver 106 to trigger a Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure for a selected cell based on at least one synchronization signal block (SSB) received from the cell, and An initial bandwidth is determined within a UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part), and a PRACH (physical random access channel) or a first message including the PRACH is transmitted in the initial bandwidth, and the initial bandwidth is the at least one SSB. Based on the index of the SSB having a quality above a certain threshold, it may be determined as one of one or more bandwidths less than or equal to the first size set for the UL BWP of the cell.
  • RACH Random Access Channel
  • SSB synchronization signal block
  • the processing device controls a terminal that communicates with a base station and may include a processor 102 and a memory 104.
  • the processing device includes at least one processor; and at least one memory connected to the at least one processor and storing instructions, wherein the instructions cause the terminal to execute: at least one Synchronization signal block (SSB) Trigger the Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure for the selected cell based on; Determine the initial bandwidth within the UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) of the cell; and transmit a physical random access channel (PRACH) or a first message including the PRACH in the initial bandwidth, wherein the initial bandwidth is based on an index of an SSB having a quality higher than a certain threshold among the at least one SSB. , may be determined as one of one or more bandwidths less than or equal to the first size set for the UL BWP of the cell.
  • SSB Synchronization signal block
  • RACH Random Access Channel
  • PRACH physical random access channel
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium may be configured in which instructions for performing the proposed methods described with reference to FIGS. 9 to 11 are recorded.
  • the second wireless device 200 includes one or more processors 202, one or more memories 204, and may further include one or more transceivers 206 and/or one or more antennas 208.
  • Processor 202 controls memory 204 and/or transceiver 206 and may be configured to implement the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein.
  • the processor 202 may process the information in the memory 204 to generate third information/signal and then transmit a wireless signal including the third information/signal through the transceiver 206.
  • the processor 202 may receive a wireless signal including the fourth information/signal through the transceiver 206 and then store information obtained from signal processing of the fourth information/signal in the memory 204.
  • the memory 204 may be connected to the processor 202 and may store various information related to the operation of the processor 202. For example, memory 204 may perform some or all of the processes controlled by processor 202 or instructions for performing the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein. Software code containing them can be stored.
  • the processor 202 and memory 204 may be part of a communication modem/circuit/chip designed to implement wireless communication technology (eg, LTE, NR).
  • Transceiver 206 may be coupled to processor 202 and may transmit and/or receive wireless signals via one or more antennas 208. Transceiver 206 may include a transmitter and/or receiver. Transceiver 206 may be used interchangeably with an RF unit.
  • a wireless device may mean a communication modem/circuit/chip.
  • one or more protocol layers may be implemented by one or more processors 102, 202.
  • one or more processors 102, 202 may implement one or more layers (e.g., functional layers such as PHY, MAC, RLC, PDCP, RRC, SDAP).
  • One or more processors 102, 202 may generate one or more Protocol Data Units (PDUs) and/or one or more Service Data Units (SDUs) according to the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flow charts disclosed herein. can be created.
  • PDUs Protocol Data Units
  • SDUs Service Data Units
  • One or more processors 102, 202 may generate messages, control information, data or information according to the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein.
  • One or more processors 102, 202 generate signals (e.g., baseband signals) containing PDUs, SDUs, messages, control information, data or information according to the functions, procedures, proposals and/or methods disclosed herein. , can be provided to one or more transceivers (106, 206).
  • One or more processors 102, 202 may receive signals (e.g., baseband signals) from one or more transceivers 106, 206, and the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods, and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein.
  • PDU, SDU, message, control information, data or information can be obtained.
  • One or more processors 102, 202 may be referred to as a controller, microcontroller, microprocessor, or microcomputer.
  • One or more processors 102, 202 may be implemented by hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof.
  • ASICs Application Specific Integrated Circuits
  • DSPs Digital Signal Processors
  • DSPDs Digital Signal Processing Devices
  • PLDs Programmable Logic Devices
  • FPGAs Field Programmable Gate Arrays
  • the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed in this document may be implemented using firmware or software, and the firmware or software may be implemented to include modules, procedures, functions, etc.
  • Firmware or software configured to perform the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods, and/or operational flowcharts disclosed in this document may be included in one or more processors (102, 202) or stored in one or more memories (104, 204). It may be driven by the above processors 102 and 202.
  • the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed in this document may be implemented using firmware or software in the form of codes, instructions and/or sets of instructions.
  • One or more memories 104, 204 may be connected to one or more processors 102, 202 and may store various types of data, signals, messages, information, programs, codes, instructions, and/or instructions.
  • One or more memories 104, 204 may consist of ROM, RAM, EPROM, flash memory, hard drives, registers, cache memory, computer readable storage media, and/or combinations thereof.
  • One or more memories 104, 204 may be located internal to and/or external to one or more processors 102, 202. Additionally, one or more memories 104, 204 may be connected to one or more processors 102, 202 through various technologies, such as wired or wireless connections.
  • One or more transceivers 106, 206 may transmit user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc. mentioned in the methods and/or operation flowcharts of this document to one or more other devices.
  • One or more transceivers 106, 206 may receive user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc. referred to in the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein, etc. from one or more other devices. there is.
  • one or more transceivers 106 and 206 may be connected to one or more processors 102 and 202 and may transmit and receive wireless signals.
  • one or more processors 102, 202 may control one or more transceivers 106, 206 to transmit user data, control information, or wireless signals to one or more other devices. Additionally, one or more processors 102, 202 may control one or more transceivers 106, 206 to receive user data, control information, or wireless signals from one or more other devices. In addition, one or more transceivers (106, 206) may be connected to one or more antennas (108, 208), and one or more transceivers (106, 206) may be connected to the description and functions disclosed in this document through one or more antennas (108, 208). , may be set to transmit and receive user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc.
  • one or more antennas may be multiple physical antennas or multiple logical antennas (eg, antenna ports).
  • One or more transceivers (106, 206) process the received user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc. using one or more processors (102, 202), and convert the received wireless signals/channels, etc. from the RF band signal. It can be converted to a baseband signal.
  • One or more transceivers (106, 206) may convert user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc. processed using one or more processors (102, 202) from baseband signals to RF band signals.
  • one or more transceivers 106, 206 may comprise (analog) oscillators and/or filters.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining a DRX (Discontinuous Reception) operation of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the terminal may perform DRX operation while performing the procedures and/or methods described/suggested above.
  • a terminal with DRX enabled can reduce power consumption by discontinuously receiving DL signals.
  • DRX can be performed in RRC (Radio Resource Control)_IDLE state, RRC_INACTIVE state, and RRC_CONNECTED state.
  • RRC_IDLE state and RRC_INACTIVE state DRX is used to receive paging signals discontinuously.
  • RRC_CONNECTED DRX DRX performed in RRC_CONNECTED state will be described (RRC_CONNECTED DRX).
  • the DRX cycle consists of On Duration and Opportunity for DRX.
  • the DRX cycle defines the time interval in which On Duration is periodically repeated.
  • On Duration indicates the time interval that the terminal monitors to receive the PDCCH.
  • the terminal performs PDCCH monitoring during On Duration. If there is a PDCCH successfully detected during PDCCH monitoring, the terminal starts an inactivity timer and maintains the awake state. On the other hand, if no PDCCH is successfully detected during PDCCH monitoring, the terminal enters a sleep state after the On Duration ends. Accordingly, when DRX is set, PDCCH monitoring/reception may be performed discontinuously in the time domain when performing the procedures and/or methods described/suggested above.
  • a PDCCH reception opportunity (eg, slot with PDCCH search space) may be set discontinuously according to the DRX configuration.
  • PDCCH monitoring/reception can be performed continuously in the time domain when performing the procedures and/or methods described/suggested above.
  • PDCCH reception opportunities eg, slots with PDCCH search space
  • PDCCH monitoring may be limited in the time section set as the measurement gap.
  • the present disclosure may be used in a terminal, base station, or other equipment of a wireless mobile communication system.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A terminal according to an embodiment may trigger a random access channel (RACH) procedure with respect to a cell selected on the basis of at least one synchronization signal block (SSB) received from a cell, determine an initial bandwidth within an uplink bandwidth part (UL BWP) of the cell, and cause a physical random access channel (PRACH) or a first message including the PRACH to be transmitted within the initial bandwidth, wherein the initial bandwidth is determined to be one of one or more bandwidths having a first size or less configured with respect to the UL BWP of the cell, on the basis of an index of a SSB having a quality equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold among the one or more SSBs.

Description

무선 통신을 위한 신호 송수신 방법 및 이를 위한 장치Signal transmission and reception method for wireless communication and device therefor
본 명세서는 무선 통신에 관한 것으로, 보다 상세하게는 무선 통신 시스템에서 상향링크/하향링크 신호를 송신 또는 수신하는 방법과 이를 위한 장치에 관한 것이다. This specification relates to wireless communication, and more specifically, to a method and device for transmitting or receiving uplink/downlink signals in a wireless communication system.
무선 통신 시스템이 음성이나 데이터 등과 같은 다양한 종류의 통신 서비스를 제공하기 위해 광범위하게 전개되고 있다. 일반적으로 무선통신 시스템은 가용한 시스템 자원(대역폭, 전송 파워 등)을 공유하여 다중 사용자와의 통신을 지원할 수 있는 다중 접속(multiple access) 시스템이다. 다중 접속 시스템의 예들로는 CDMA(code division multiple access) 시스템, FDMA(frequency division multiple access) 시스템, TDMA(time division multiple access) 시스템, OFDMA(orthogonal frequency division multiple access) 시스템, SC-FDMA(single carrier frequency division multiple access) 시스템 등이 있다.Wireless communication systems are being widely deployed to provide various types of communication services such as voice and data. In general, a wireless communication system is a multiple access system that can support communication with multiple users by sharing available system resources (bandwidth, transmission power, etc.). Examples of multiple access systems include code division multiple access (CDMA) systems, frequency division multiple access (FDMA) systems, time division multiple access (TDMA) systems, orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) systems, and single carrier frequency (SC-FDMA) systems. division multiple access) systems, etc.
본 발명이 이루고자 하는 기술적 과제는 보다 정확하고 효율적으로 신호 송수신 방법을 제공하는데 있다.The technical problem to be achieved by the present invention is to provide a method of transmitting and receiving signals more accurately and efficiently.
본 발명은 상술된 기술적 과제에 한정되지 않으며 상세한 설명으로부터 다른 기술적 과제들이 유추될 수 있다. The present invention is not limited to the technical problems described above and other technical problems can be inferred from the detailed description.
일 측면에 따라서 무선 통신 시스템에서 단말이 신호를 전송하는 방법은, 적어도 하나의 SSB (Synchronization signal block)에 기초하여 선택된 셀에 대한 RACH (Random Access Channel) 절차를 트리거하는 단계; 상기 셀의 UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) 내에서 초기 대역폭을 결정하는 단계; 및 상기 초기 대역폭에서 PRACH (physical random access channel) 또는 상기 PRACH를 포함하는 제1 메시지를 전송하는 단계를 포함하고, 상기 초기 대역폭은, 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB들 중에서 특정 임계 이상의 품질을 갖는 SSB의 인덱스에 기초하여, 상기 셀의 UL BWP에 대해 설정된 제1 크기 이하의 하나 이상의 대역폭 중 하나의 대역폭으로 결정될 수 있다.According to one aspect, a method for a terminal to transmit a signal in a wireless communication system includes: triggering a Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure for a selected cell based on at least one Synchronization signal block (SSB); Determining an initial bandwidth within the UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) of the cell; And transmitting a physical random access channel (PRACH) or a first message including the PRACH in the initial bandwidth, wherein the initial bandwidth is an index of an SSB having a quality higher than a certain threshold among the at least one SSB. Based on , it may be determined to be one of one or more bandwidths less than or equal to the first size set for the UL BWP of the cell.
또는, 상기 SSB의 인덱스는 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB 중에서 상기 특정 임계 이상의 품질을 갖는 SSB들 중에서 가장 높은 품질을 갖는 SSB에 대한 인덱스인 것을 특징으로 한다.Alternatively, the index of the SSB may be an index for the SSB with the highest quality among SSBs with a quality higher than the specific threshold among the at least one SSB.
또는, 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB 중에서 특정 임계 이상의 품질을 갖는 SSB가 둘 이상인 것에 기초하여, 상기 SSB의 인덱스는 상기 둘 이상의 SSB들 중에서 임의로 선택된 하나의 SSB에 대한 인덱스인 것을 특징으로 한다.Alternatively, based on the fact that there are two or more SSBs having a quality higher than a certain threshold among the at least one SSB, the index of the SSB is characterized as an index for one SSB randomly selected among the two or more SSBs.
또는, 상기 셀의 UL BWP는 상기 제1 크기 이하의 주파수 대역폭 크기를 갖는 복수의 서브-BWP들이 설정되고, 상기 초기 대역폭은 상기 복수의 서브-BWP들 중에서 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB들 중 상기 특정 임계 이상의 품질을 갖는 SSB의 인덱스에 기초하여 결정된 하나의 서브-BWP인 것을 특징으로 한다.Alternatively, the UL BWP of the cell is set to a plurality of sub-BWPs having a frequency bandwidth size less than or equal to the first size, and the initial bandwidth is set to the specific threshold among the at least one SSB among the plurality of sub-BWPs. It is characterized as one sub-BWP determined based on the index of SSB with the above quality.
또는, SSB 인덱스들 및 상기 특정 임계에 대한 정보를 포함하는 SIB1 (System Information Block 1)를 수신하는 단계;를 더 포함하고, 상기 제1 크기 이하의 하나 이상의 대역폭 각각은 상기 SSB 인덱스들 각각과 미리 매핑된 것을 특징으로 한다.Or, it further includes receiving SIB1 (System Information Block 1) including SSB indexes and information about the specific threshold, wherein each of the one or more bandwidths of the first size or less is connected to each of the SSB indexes in advance. It is characterized by being mapped.
또는, 상기 초기 대역폭에서 상기 RACH 절차에 대한 PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel)를 포함하는 메시지를 전송하는 단계를 더 포함하는 것을 특징으로 한다.Alternatively, the method may further include transmitting a message including a PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel) for the RACH procedure in the initial bandwidth.
또는, 상기 RACH 절차는 초기 접속, 핸드오버 (handover), SCell (Secondary Cell) 추가, 또는 SCell 활성화를 위해 트리거 (trigger)되는 것을 특징으로 한다.Alternatively, the RACH procedure is characterized by being triggered for initial connection, handover, SCell (Secondary Cell) addition, or SCell activation.
또는, 상기 제1 크기는 5Mhz인 것을 특징으로 한다.Alternatively, the first size may be 5Mhz.
또 다른 일 측면에 따른 무선 통신 시스템에서 신호를 전송하는 단말은 RF(Radio Frequency) 송수신기; 및 상기 RF 송수신기와 연결되는 프로세서를 포함하고, 상기 프로세서는 상기 RF 송수신기를 제어하여 셀로부터 수신된 적어도 하나의 SSB (Synchronization signal block)에 기초하여 선택된 셀에 대한 RACH (Random Access Channel) 절차를 트리거하고, 상기 셀의 UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) 내에서 초기 대역폭을 결정하며, 상기 초기 대역폭에서 PRACH (physical random access channel) 또는 상기 PRACH를 포함하는 제1 메시지를 전송하게 하고, 상기 초기 대역폭은, 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB들 중에서 특정 임계 이상의 품질을 갖는 SSB의 인덱스에 기초하여, 상기 셀의 UL BWP에 대해 설정된 제1 크기 이하의 하나 이상의 대역폭 중 하나의 대역폭으로 결정될 수 있다.In another aspect, a terminal that transmits a signal in a wireless communication system includes an RF (Radio Frequency) transceiver; and a processor connected to the RF transceiver, wherein the processor controls the RF transceiver to trigger a Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure for the selected cell based on at least one synchronization signal block (SSB) received from the cell. and determine an initial bandwidth within the UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) of the cell, and transmit a physical random access channel (PRACH) or a first message including the PRACH in the initial bandwidth, and the initial bandwidth is, Based on the index of an SSB with a quality higher than a certain threshold among the at least one SSB, one bandwidth among one or more bandwidths less than or equal to a first size set for the UL BWP of the cell may be determined.
또 다른 일 측면에 따른 무선 통신 시스템에서 신호를 전송하는 단말을 제어하도록 설정된 프로세싱 장치는 적어도 하나의 프로세서; 및 상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서에 연결되고 명령어들을 저장하는 적어도 하나의 메모리를 포함하되, 상기 명령어들은 상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서에 의해 실행되는 것을 기반으로 상기 단말로 하여금: 적어도 하나의 SSB (Synchronization signal block)에 기초하여 선택된 셀에 대한 RACH (Random Access Channel) 절차를 트리거; 상기 셀의 UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) 내에서 초기 대역폭을 결정; 및 상기 초기 대역폭에서 PRACH (physical random access channel) 또는 상기 PRACH를 포함하는 제1 메시지를 전송하게 하고, 상기 초기 대역폭은, 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB들 중에서 특정 임계 이상의 품질을 갖는 SSB의 인덱스에 기초하여, 상기 셀의 UL BWP에 대해 설정된 제1 크기 이하의 하나 이상의 대역폭 중 하나의 대역폭으로 결정될 수 있다.A processing device configured to control a terminal transmitting signals in a wireless communication system according to another aspect includes at least one processor; and at least one memory connected to the at least one processor and storing instructions, wherein the instructions cause the terminal to execute: at least one Synchronization signal block (SSB) Trigger the Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure for the selected cell based on; Determine the initial bandwidth within the UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) of the cell; and transmit a physical random access channel (PRACH) or a first message including the PRACH in the initial bandwidth, wherein the initial bandwidth is based on an index of an SSB having a quality higher than a certain threshold among the at least one SSB. , may be determined as one of one or more bandwidths less than or equal to the first size set for the UL BWP of the cell.
또 다른 일 측면에 따른 무선 통신 시스템에서 기지국이 신호를 수신하는 방법은 적어도 하나의 SSB (Synchronization signal block)를 전송하는 단계; 및 제1 크기 이하의 초기 대역폭에서 PRACH (physical random access channel) 또는 상기 PRACH를 포함하는 제1 메시지를 수신하는 단계를 포함하고, 상기 초기 대역폭은 상기 기지국과 관련된 UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) 에 대해 설정된 상기 제1 크기 이하의 복수의 대역폭들 중에서 특정 SSB의 인덱스에 대응하는 하나의 대역폭이고, 상기 특정 SSB의 인덱스는 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB들 중에서 특정 임계 이상의 품질을 갖는 SSB의 인덱스일 수 있다. A method for a base station to receive a signal in a wireless communication system according to another aspect includes transmitting at least one synchronization signal block (SSB); and receiving a physical random access channel (PRACH) or a first message including the PRACH at an initial bandwidth of a first size or less, wherein the initial bandwidth is for a UL Uplink Bandwidth part (BWP) associated with the base station. It is one bandwidth corresponding to the index of a specific SSB among the plurality of bandwidths of the set first size or less, and the index of the specific SSB may be the index of an SSB with a quality higher than a specific threshold among the at least one SSB.
또 다른 일 측면에 따라서 상술된 신호 송신 방법을 수행하는 기지국이 제공될 수 있다.According to another aspect, a base station that performs the signal transmission method described above may be provided.
본 발명의 일 실시예에 따르면 무선 통신 시스템에서 신호의 송수신이 보다 정확하고 효율적으로 수행될 수 있다.According to an embodiment of the present invention, signal transmission and reception in a wireless communication system can be performed more accurately and efficiently.
예컨대, 단말은 UL BWP 내에서 RACH 절차와 관련된 신호를 전송할 5Mhz의 초기 주파수 대역을 SSB의 품질에 기반하여 명확히 결정/특정할 수 있다.For example, the UE can clearly determine/specify the initial frequency band of 5Mhz for transmitting signals related to the RACH procedure within the UL BWP based on the quality of the SSB.
또는, 초기 주파수 대역이 5Mhz로 제한되더라도, SSB의 품질에 기반하여 상기 초기 주파수 대역을 결정을 통해 상기 단말들 간에 초기 주파수 대역을 효과적으로 배분시킬 수 있다.Alternatively, even if the initial frequency band is limited to 5Mhz, the initial frequency band can be effectively distributed among the terminals by determining the initial frequency band based on the quality of the SSB.
본 발명은 상술된 기술적 효과에 한정되지 않으며 상세한 설명으로부터 다른 기술적 효과들이 유추될 수 있다.The present invention is not limited to the technical effects described above and other technical effects can be inferred from the detailed description.
도 1은 3GPP NR 시스템에 이용되는 물리 채널들 및 이들을 이용한 일반적인 신호 전송 방법을 설명하기 위한 도면이다. Figure 1 is a diagram to explain physical channels used in the 3GPP NR system and a general signal transmission method using them.
도 2는 무선 프레임(radio frame)의 구조를 예시한다. Figure 2 illustrates the structure of a radio frame.
도 3은 슬롯의 자원 그리드(resource grid)를 예시한다. Figure 3 illustrates a resource grid of slots.
도 4 내지 도 5는 SSB (Synchronization Signal Block)의 구조 및 전송 방법을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.Figures 4 and 5 are diagrams for explaining the structure and transmission method of SSB (Synchronization Signal Block).
도 6은 일반적인 랜덤 엑세스 절차의 일례를 예시한다. Figure 6 illustrates an example of a general random access procedure.
도 7은 슬롯 내에 물리 채널이 매핑되는 예를 도시한다.Figure 7 shows an example of mapping a physical channel within a slot.
도 8은 일 실시예에 따른 신호 송수신 방법의 흐름을 도시한다. Figure 8 shows the flow of a signal transmission and reception method according to an embodiment.
도 9는 하나의 BWP에 복수의 sub-BWP들을 설정하는 방법을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.Figure 9 is a diagram for explaining a method of setting multiple sub-BWPs in one BWP.
도 10은 단말이 RACH 절차와 관련된 메시지를 셀 또는 기지국에 전송하는 방법을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.Figure 10 is a diagram to explain how a terminal transmits a message related to the RACH procedure to a cell or base station.
도 11은 기지국이 RACH 절차와 관련된 메시지를 단말로부터 수신하는 방법을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.Figure 11 is a diagram to explain how a base station receives a message related to the RACH procedure from a terminal.
도 12 및 도 13은 본 개시에 적용 가능한 통신 시스템(1)과 무선 기기를 예시한다.12 and 13 illustrate a communication system 1 and a wireless device applicable to the present disclosure.
도 14는 본 개시에 적용 가능한 DRX(Discontinuous Reception) 동작을 예시한다.Figure 14 illustrates a Discontinuous Reception (DRX) operation applicable to this disclosure.
이하의 기술은 CDMA(code division multiple access), FDMA(frequency division multiple access), TDMA(time division multiple access), OFDMA(orthogonal frequency division multiple access), SC-FDMA(single carrier frequency division multiple access) 등과 같은 다양한 무선 접속 시스템에 사용될 수 있다. CDMA는 UTRA(Universal Terrestrial Radio Access)나 CDMA2000과 같은 무선 기술(radio technology)로 구현될 수 있다. TDMA는 GSM(Global System for Mobile communications)/GPRS(General Packet Radio Service)/EDGE(Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution)와 같은 무선 기술로 구현될 수 있다. OFDMA는 IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802-20, E-UTRA(Evolved UTRA) 등과 같은 무선 기술로 구현될 수 있다. UTRA는 UMTS(Universal Mobile Telecommunications System)의 일부이다. 3GPP(3rd Generation Partnership Project) LTE(long term evolution)은 E-UTRA를 사용하는 E-UMTS(Evolved UMTS)의 일부이고 LTE-A(Advanced)는 3GPP LTE의 진화된 버전이다. 3GPP NR(New Radio or New Radio Access Technology)는 3GPP LTE/LTE-A의 진화된 버전이다. The following technologies include code division multiple access (CDMA), frequency division multiple access (FDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA), and single carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA). It can be used in various wireless access systems. CDMA can be implemented with radio technology such as UTRA (Universal Terrestrial Radio Access) or CDMA2000. TDMA can be implemented with wireless technologies such as Global System for Mobile communications (GSM)/General Packet Radio Service (GPRS)/Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution (EDGE). OFDMA can be implemented with wireless technologies such as IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802-20, Evolved UTRA (E-UTRA), etc. UTRA is part of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS). 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) long term evolution (LTE) is part of Evolved UMTS (E-UMTS) using E-UTRA, and LTE-A (Advanced) is an evolved version of 3GPP LTE. 3GPP NR (New Radio or New Radio Access Technology) is an evolved version of 3GPP LTE/LTE-A.
더욱 많은 통신 기기들이 더욱 큰 통신 용량을 요구하게 됨에 따라 기존의 RAT(Radio Access Technology)에 비해 향상된 모바일 브로드밴드 통신에 대한 필요성이 대두되고 있다. 또한, 다수의 기기 및 사물들을 연결하여 언제 어디서나 다양한 서비스를 제공하는 massive MTC(Machine Type Communications)도 차세대 통신에서 고려될 주요 이슈 중 하나이다. 또한, 신뢰도(reliability) 및 지연(latency)에 민감한 서비스/단말을 고려한 통신 시스템 디자인이 논의되고 있다. 이와 같이 eMBB(enhanced Mobile BroadBand Communication), massive MTC, URLLC (Ultra-Reliable and Low Latency Communication) 등을 고려한 차세대 RAT의 도입이 논의되고 있으며, 본 발명에서는 편의상 해당 기술을 NR(New Radio 또는 New RAT)이라고 부른다.As more communication devices require larger communication capacity, the need for improved mobile broadband communication compared to existing RAT (Radio Access Technology) is emerging. Additionally, massive MTC (Machine Type Communications), which connects multiple devices and objects to provide a variety of services anytime, anywhere, is also one of the major issues to be considered in next-generation communications. Additionally, communication system design considering services/terminals sensitive to reliability and latency is being discussed. In this way, the introduction of next-generation RAT considering eMBB (enhanced Mobile BroadBand Communication), massive MTC, URLLC (Ultra-Reliable and Low Latency Communication), etc. is being discussed, and in the present invention, for convenience, the technology is referred to as NR (New Radio or New RAT). It is called.
설명을 명확하게 하기 위해, 3GPP NR을 위주로 기술하지만 본 발명의 기술적 사상이 이에 제한되는 것은 아니다. LTE는 3GPP TS 36.xxx Release 8 이후의 기술을 의미한다. 세부적으로, 3GPP TS 36.xxx Release 10 이후의 LTE 기술은 LTE-A로 지칭되고, 3GPP TS 36.xxx Release 13 이후의 LTE 기술은 LTE-A pro로 지칭된다. 3GPP NR은 TS 38.xxx Release 15 이후의 기술을 의미한다. LTE/NR은 3GPP 시스템으로 지칭될 수 있다. "xxx"는 표준 문서 세부 번호를 의미한다. LTE/NR은 3GPP 시스템으로 통칭될 수 있다. For clarity of explanation, 3GPP NR is mainly described, but the technical idea of the present invention is not limited thereto. LTE refers to technology after 3GPP TS 36.xxx Release 8. In detail, LTE technology after 3GPP TS 36.xxx Release 10 is referred to as LTE-A, and LTE technology after 3GPP TS 36.xxx Release 13 is referred to as LTE-A pro. 3GPP NR refers to technology after TS 38.xxx Release 15. LTE/NR may be referred to as a 3GPP system. “xxx” refers to the standard document detail number. LTE/NR can be collectively referred to as a 3GPP system.
본 명세에서 사용된 배경기술, 용어, 약어 등에 관해서는 본 발명 이전에 공개된 표준 문서에 기재된 사항을 참조할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 다음 문서를 참조할 수 있다.Regarding the background technology, terms, abbreviations, etc. used in this specification, reference may be made to matters described in standard documents published prior to the present invention. For example, you can refer to the following document:
3GPP NR3GPP NR
- 3GPP TS 38.211: Physical channels and modulation- 3GPP TS 38.211: Physical channels and modulation
- 3GPP TS 38.212: Multiplexing and channel coding- 3GPP TS 38.212: Multiplexing and channel coding
- 3GPP TS 38.213: Physical layer procedures for control- 3GPP TS 38.213: Physical layer procedures for control
- 3GPP TS 38.214: Physical layer procedures for data- 3GPP TS 38.214: Physical layer procedures for data
- 3GPP TS 38.215: Physical layer measurements- 3GPP TS 38.215: Physical layer measurements
- 3GPP TS 38.300: NR and NG-RAN Overall Description- 3GPP TS 38.300: NR and NG-RAN Overall Description
- 3GPP TS 38.304: User Equipment (UE) procedures in idle mode and in RRC inactive state- 3GPP TS 38.304: User Equipment (UE) procedures in idle mode and in RRC inactive state
- 3GPP TS 38.321: Medium Access Control (MAC) protocol- 3GPP TS 38.321: Medium Access Control (MAC) protocol
- 3GPP TS 38.322: Radio Link Control (RLC) protocol- 3GPP TS 38.322: Radio Link Control (RLC) protocol
- 3GPP TS 38.323: Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP)- 3GPP TS 38.323: Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP)
- 3GPP TS 38.331: Radio Resource Control (RRC) protocol- 3GPP TS 38.331: Radio Resource Control (RRC) protocol
- 3GPP TS 37.324: Service Data Adaptation Protocol (SDAP)- 3GPP TS 37.324: Service Data Adaptation Protocol (SDAP)
- 3GPP TS 37.340: Multi-connectivity; Overall description- 3GPP TS 37.340: Multi-connectivity; Overall description
- 3GPP TS 23.287: Application layer support for V2X services; Functional architecture and information flows- 3GPP TS 23.287: Application layer support for V2X services; Functional architecture and information flows
- 3GPP TS 23.501: System Architecture for the 5G System- 3GPP TS 23.501: System Architecture for the 5G System
- 3GPP TS 23.502: Procedures for the 5G System- 3GPP TS 23.502: Procedures for the 5G System
- 3GPP TS 23.503: Policy and Charging Control Framework for the 5G System; Stage 2- 3GPP TS 23.503: Policy and Charging Control Framework for the 5G System; Stage 2
- 3GPP TS 24.501: Non-Access-Stratum (NAS) protocol for 5G System (5GS); Stage 3- 3GPP TS 24.501: Non-Access-Stratum (NAS) protocol for 5G System (5GS); Stage 3
- 3GPP TS 24.502: Access to the 3GPP 5G Core Network (5GCN) via non-3GPP access networks- 3GPP TS 24.502: Access to the 3GPP 5G Core Network (5GCN) via non-3GPP access networks
- 3GPP TS 24.526: User Equipment (UE) policies for 5G System (5GS); Stage 3- 3GPP TS 24.526: User Equipment (UE) policies for 5G System (5GS); Stage 3
본 명세서에서 사용되는 기술적 용어Technical terms used in this specification
- UE: User Equipment-UE: User Equipment
- SSB: Synchronization Signal Block- SSB: Synchronization Signal Block
- MIB: Master Information Block- MIB: Master Information Block
- RMSI: Remaining Minimum System Information- RMSI: Remaining Minimum System Information
- FR1: Frequency Range 1. 6GHz 이하(예, 450 MHz ~ 6000 MHz)의 주파수 영역을 지칭.- FR1: Frequency Range 1. Refers to the frequency range below 6GHz (e.g., 450 MHz ~ 6000 MHz).
- FR2: Frequency Range 2. 24GHz 이상의 millimeter wave (mmWave) 영역(예, 24250 MHz ~ 52600 MHz)을 지칭.- FR2: Frequency Range 2. Refers to the millimeter wave (mmWave) region above 24GHz (e.g., 24250 MHz ~ 52600 MHz).
- BW: Bandwidth- BW: Bandwidth
- BWP: Bandwidth Part- BWP: Bandwidth Part
- RNTI: Radio Network Temporary Identifier- RNTI: Radio Network Temporary Identifier
- CRC: Cyclic Redundancy Check- CRC: Cyclic Redundancy Check
- SIB: System Information Block- SIB: System Information Block
- SIB1: SIB1 for NR devices = RMSI (Remaining Minimum System Information). NR 단말기의 cell 접속에 필요한 정보 등을 broadcast함.- SIB1: SIB1 for NR devices = RMSI (Remaining Minimum System Information). Broadcasts information necessary for cell connection of the NR terminal.
- CORESET (COntrol REsource SET): NR 단말기가 candidate PDCCH decoding을 시도하는 time/frequency resource- CORESET (COntrol REsource SET): time/frequency resource where the NR terminal attempts candidate PDCCH decoding
- CORESET#0: CORESET for Type0-PDCCH CSS set for NR devices (MIB에서 설정됨)- CORESET#0: CORESET for Type0-PDCCH CSS set for NR devices (set in MIB)
- Type0-PDCCH CSS set: a search space set in which an NR UE monitors a set of PDCCH candidates for a DCI format with CRC scrambled by a SI-RNTI- Type0-PDCCH CSS set: a search space set in which an NR UE monitors a set of PDCCH candidates for a DCI format with CRC scrambled by a SI-RNTI
- MO: PDCCH Monitoring Occasion for Type0-PDCCH CSS set- MO: PDCCH Monitoring Occasion for Type0-PDCCH CSS set
- SIB1-R: (additional) SIB1 for reduced capability NR devices. SIB1과 별도의 TB로 생성되어 별도의 PDSCH로 전송되는 경우에 한정될 수 있음. - SIB1-R: (additional) SIB1 for reduced capability NR devices. It may be limited to cases where it is created as a separate TB from SIB1 and transmitted as a separate PDSCH.
- CORESET#0-R: CORESET#0 for reduced capability NR devices- CORESET#0-R: CORESET#0 for reduced capability NR devices
- Type0-PDCCH-R CSS set: a search space set in which an redcap UE monitors a set of PDCCH candidates for a DCI format with CRC scrambled by a SI-RNTI- Type0-PDCCH-R CSS set: a search space set in which an redcap UE monitors a set of PDCCH candidates for a DCI format with CRC scrambled by a SI-RNTI
- MO-R: PDCCH Monitoring Occasion for Type0-PDCCH CSS set- MO-R: PDCCH Monitoring Occasion for Type0-PDCCH CSS set
- Cell defining SSB (CD-SSB): NR SSB 중 RMSI scheduling 정보를 포함하는 SSB- Cell defining SSB (CD-SSB): SSB that includes RMSI scheduling information among NR SSBs
- Non-cell defining SSB (non-CD-SSB): NR sync raster에 배치 되었으나, measurement 용으로 해당 cell의 RMSI scheduling 정보를 포함하지 않는 SSB를 말함. 하지만, cell defining SSB의 위치를 알려주는 정보를 포함할 수 있음- Non-cell defining SSB (non-CD-SSB): Refers to an SSB that is placed in the NR sync raster but does not include the RMSI scheduling information of the cell for measurement purposes. However, it may contain information indicating the location of the cell defining SSB.
- SCS: subcarrier spacing- SCS: subcarrier spacing
- SI-RNTI: System Information Radio-Network Temporary Identifier- SI-RNTI: System Information Radio-Network Temporary Identifier
- Camp on: “Camp on” is the UE state in which the UE stays on a cell and is ready to initiate a potential dedicated service or to receive an ongoing broadcast service.- Camp on: “Camp on” is the UE state in which the UE stays on a cell and is ready to initiate a potential dedicated service or to receive an ongoing broadcast service.
- TB: Transport Block- TB: Transport Block
- RSA (Redcap standalone): Redcap device 또는 service만 지원하는 cell.- RSA (Redcap standalone): A cell that supports only Redcap devices or services.
- SIB1(-R)-PDSCH: SIB1(-R)을 전송하는 PDSCH- SIB1(-R)-PDSCH: PDSCH transmitting SIB1(-R)
- SIB1(-R)-DCI: SIB1(-R)-PDSCH를 scheduling하는 DCI. DCI format 1_0 with CRC scrambled by SI-RNTI.- SIB1(-R)-DCI: DCI scheduling SIB1(-R)-PDSCH. DCI format 1_0 with CRC scrambled by SI-RNTI.
- SIB1(-R)-PDCCH: SIB1(-R)-DCI를 전송하는 PDCCH- SIB1(-R)-PDCCH: PDCCH transmitting SIB1(-R)-DCI
- FDRA: Frequency Domain Resource Allocation- FDRA: Frequency Domain Resource Allocation
- TDRA: Time Domain Resource Allocation- TDRA: Time Domain Resource Allocation
- RA: Random Access- RA: Random Access
- MSGA: preamble and payload transmissions of the random access procedure for 2-step RA type.- MSGA: preamble and payload transmissions of the random access procedure for 2-step RA type.
- MSGB: response to MSGA in the 2-step random access procedure. MSGB may consist of response(s) for contention resolution, fallback indication(s), and backoff indication.- MSGB: response to MSGA in the 2-step random access procedure. MSGB may consist of response(s) for contention resolution, fallback indication(s), and backoff indication.
- RO-N: normal UE 4-step RACH and 2-step RACH(if configured)를 위한 RO(RACH Occasion)- RO-N: RO(RACH Occasion) for normal UE 4-step RACH and 2-step RACH (if configured)
- RO-N1, RO-N2: normal UE 2-step RACH를 위해서 separate RO가 설정된 경우, RO-N1(4-step), RO-N2(2-step)로 구분- RO-N1, RO-N2: When separate RO is set for normal UE 2-step RACH, it is divided into RO-N1 (4-step) and RO-N2 (2-step)
- RO-R: redcap UE 4-step RACH and 2-step RACH(if configured)를 위하여 RO-N과 별도로 설정된 RO(RACH Occasion)- RO-R: RO (RACH Occasion) set separately from RO-N for redcap UE 4-step RACH and 2-step RACH (if configured)
- RO-R1, RO-R2: redcap UE 2-step RACH를 위해서 separate RO가 설정된 경우, RO-R1(4-step), RO-R2(2-step)로 구분- RO-R1, RO-R2: When separate RO is set for redcap UE 2-step RACH, it is divided into RO-R1 (4-step) and RO-R2 (2-step)
- PG-R: MsgA-Preambles Group for redcap UEs- PG-R: MsgA-Preambles Group for redcap UEs
- RAR: Randoma Access Response- RAR: Random Access Response
- RAR window: the time window to monitor RA response(s)- RAR window: the time window to monitor RA response(s)
- FH: Frequency Hopping- FH: Frequency Hopping
- iBWP: initial BWP- iBWP: initial BWP
- iBWP-DL(-UL): initial DL(UL) BWP- iBWP-DL(-UL): initial DL(UL) BWP
- iBWP-DL(-UL)-R: (separate) initial DL(UL) BWP for RedCap- iBWP-DL(-UL)-R: (separate) initial DL(UL) BWP for RedCap
- CS: Cyclic shift- CS: Cyclic shift
- NB: Narrowband- NB: Narrowband
본 명세서에서 "설정"의 표현은 "구성(configure/configuration)"의 표현으로 대체될 수 있으며, 양자는 혼용될 수 있다. 또한 조건적 표현(예를 들어, "~~이면(if)", "~~ 일 경우(in a case)" 또는 "~~일 때(when)" 등)은 "~~인 것에 기초하여(based on that ~~)" 또는 "~~인 상태에서(in a state/status)"의 표현으로 대체될 수 있다. 또한, 해당 조건의 충족에 따른 단말/기지국의 동작 또는 SW/HW 구성이 유추/이해될 수 있다. 또한, 무선 통신 장치들 (e.g., 기지국, 단말) 간의 신호 송수신에서 송신 (또는 수신) 측의 프로세스로부터 수신 (또는 송신) 측의 프로세스가 유추/이해될 수 있다면 그 설명이 생략될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 송신 측의 신호 결정/생성/인코딩/송신 등은 수신측의 신호 모니터링 수신/디코딩/결정 등으로 이해될 수 있다. 또한, 단말이 특정 동작을 수행한다(또는 수행하지 않는다)는 표현은, 기지국이 단말의 특정 동작 수행을 기대/가정(또는 수행하지 않는다고 기대/가정)하고 동작한다는 것으로도 해석될 수 있다. 기지국이 특정 동작을 수행한다(또는 수행하지 않는다)는 표현은, 단말이 기지국의 특정 동작 수행을 기대/가정(또는 수행하지 않는다고 기대/가정)하고 동작한다는 것으로도 해석될 수 있다. 또한, 후술하는 설명에서 각 섹션, 실시예, 예시, 옵션, 방법, 방안, 제안 등의 구분과 인덱스는 설명의 편의를 위한 것이지 각각이 반드시 독립된 발명을 구성한다는 것을 의미하거나, 각각이 반드시 개별적으로만 실시되어야 한다는 것을 의미하는 의도로 해석되지 않아야 한다. 또한, 각 섹션, 실시예, 예시, 옵션, 방법, 방안, 제안 등을 설명함에 있어서 명시적으로 충돌/반대되는 기술이 없다면 이들의 적어도 일부 조합하여 함께 실시될 수도 있고, 적어도 일부가 생략된 채로 실시될 수도 있는 것으로 유추/해석될 수 있다.In this specification, the expression “setting” may be replaced with the expression “configure/configuration,” and the two may be used interchangeably. Additionally, conditional expressions (e.g., “if”, “in a case”, or “when”, etc.) are “based on ( It can be replaced with the expression “based on that ~~)” or “in a state/status.” Additionally, the operation of the terminal/base station or SW/HW configuration according to the satisfaction of the relevant conditions can be inferred/understood. Additionally, in signal transmission and reception between wireless communication devices (e.g., base stations, terminals), if the process on the receiving (or transmitting) side can be inferred/understood from the process on the transmitting (or receiving) side, the description may be omitted. For example, signal decision/generation/encoding/transmission on the transmitting side can be understood as signal monitoring reception/decoding/decision, etc. on the receiving side. Additionally, the expression that the terminal performs (or does not perform) a specific operation can also be interpreted as operating with the base station expecting/assuming that the terminal performs a specific operation (or expecting/assuming that it does not perform). The expression that the base station performs (or does not perform) a specific operation can also be interpreted to mean that the terminal expects/assumes that the base station performs a specific operation (or expects/assumes that it does not perform) and operates. In addition, in the description described later, the division and index of each section, embodiment, example, option, method, plan, proposal, etc. are for convenience of explanation, but each necessarily constitutes an independent invention, or each must be individually It should not be construed as intended to mean that it should only be implemented. In addition, when describing each section, embodiment, example, option, method, plan, proposal, etc., if there is no explicitly conflicting/opposing technology, at least some of them may be combined and implemented together, or at least some of them may be omitted. It can be inferred/interpreted as something that may be implemented.
무선 통신 시스템에서 단말은 기지국으로부터 하향링크(Downlink, DL)를 통해 정보를 수신하고, 단말은 기지국으로 상향링크(Uplink, UL)를 통해 정보를 전송한다. 기지국과 단말이 송수신하는 정보는 데이터 및 다양한 제어 정보를 포함하고, 이들이 송수신 하는 정보의 종류/용도에 따라 다양한 물리 채널이 존재한다.In a wireless communication system, a terminal receives information from a base station through downlink (DL), and the terminal transmits information to the base station through uplink (UL). The information transmitted and received between the base station and the terminal includes data and various control information, and various physical channels exist depending on the type/purpose of the information they transmit and receive.
도 1은 3GPP NR 시스템에 이용되는 물리 채널들 및 이들을 이용한 일반적인 신호 전송 방법을 설명하기 위한 도면이다. Figure 1 is a diagram to explain physical channels used in the 3GPP NR system and a general signal transmission method using them.
전원이 꺼진 상태에서 다시 전원이 켜지거나, 새로이 셀에 진입한 단말은 단계 S101에서 기지국과 동기를 맞추는 등의 초기 셀 탐색(Initial cell search) 작업을 수행한다. 이를 위해 단말은 기지국으로부터 SSB(Synchronization Signal Block)를 수신한다. SSB는 PSS(Primary Synchronization Signal), SSS(Secondary Synchronization Signal) 및 PBCH(Physical Broadcast Channel)를 포함한다. 단말은 PSS/SSS에 기반하여 기지국과 동기를 맞추고, 셀 ID(cell identity) 등의 정보를 획득한다. 또한, 단말은 PBCH에 기반하여 셀 내 방송 정보를 획득할 수 있다. 한편, 단말은 초기 셀 탐색 단계에서 하향링크 참조 신호(Downlink Reference Signal, DL RS)를 수신하여 하향링크 채널 상태를 확인할 수 있다.A terminal that is turned on again from a power-off state or newly entered a cell performs an initial cell search task such as synchronizing with the base station in step S101. For this purpose, the terminal receives SSB (Synchronization Signal Block) from the base station. SSB includes Primary Synchronization Signal (PSS), Secondary Synchronization Signal (SSS), and Physical Broadcast Channel (PBCH). The terminal synchronizes with the base station based on PSS/SSS and obtains information such as cell ID (cell identity). Additionally, the terminal can obtain intra-cell broadcast information based on the PBCH. Meanwhile, the terminal can check the downlink channel status by receiving a downlink reference signal (DL RS) in the initial cell search stage.
SSB는 4개의 연속된 OFDM 심볼들에 구성되며, OFDM 심볼별로 PSS, PBCH, SSS/PBCH 또는 PBCH가 전송된다. PSS와 SSS는 각각 1개의 OFDM 심볼과 127개의 부반송파들로 구성되고, PBCH는 3개의 OFDM 심볼과 576개의 부반송파들로 구성된다. PBCH에는 폴라(Polar) 코드를 기반으로 인코딩/디코딩되고, QPSK(Quadrature Phase Shift Keying)에 따라 변조(modulation)/복조(demodulation)된다. OFDM 심볼 내 PBCH는 PBCH의 복소 변조 값이 매핑되는 데이터 자원 요소(resource element, RE)들과 상기 PBCH를 위한 복조 참조 신호(demodulation reference signal, DMRS)가 매핑되는 DMRS RE들로 구성된다. OFDM 심볼의 자원 블록별로 3개의 DMRS RE가 존재하며, DMRS RE 사이에는 3개의 데이터 RE가 존재한다.SSB is composed of four consecutive OFDM symbols, and PSS, PBCH, SSS/PBCH, or PBCH is transmitted for each OFDM symbol. PSS and SSS each consist of 1 OFDM symbol and 127 subcarriers, and PBCH consists of 3 OFDM symbols and 576 subcarriers. PBCH is encoded/decoded based on a polar code and modulated/demodulated according to QPSK (Quadrature Phase Shift Keying). The PBCH within the OFDM symbol consists of data resource elements (REs) to which the complex modulation value of the PBCH is mapped and DMRS REs to which a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) for the PBCH is mapped. There are three DMRS REs for each resource block of an OFDM symbol, and three data REs exist between DMRS REs.
PSS는 셀 ID 그룹 내에서 셀 ID를 검출하는데 사용되고, SSS는 셀 ID 그룹을 검출하는데 사용된다. PBCH는 SSB (시간) 인덱스 검출 및 하프-프레임 검출에 사용된다. 336개의 셀 ID 그룹이 존재하고, 셀 ID 그룹 별로 3개의 셀 ID가 존재한다. 총 1008개의 셀 ID가 존재한다. PSS is used to detect the cell ID within the cell ID group, and SSS is used to detect the cell ID group. PBCH is used for SSB (time) index detection and half-frame detection. There are 336 cell ID groups, and 3 cell IDs exist for each cell ID group. There are a total of 1008 cell IDs.
SSB는 SSB 주기(periodicity)에 맞춰 주기적으로 전송된다. 초기 셀 탐색 시에 UE가 가정하는 SSB 기본 주기는 20ms로 정의된다. 셀 접속 후, SSB 주기는 네트워크(예, BS)에 의해 {5ms, 10ms, 20ms, 40ms, 80ms, 160ms} 중 하나로 설정될 수 있다. SSB 주기의 시작 부분에 SSB 버스트(burst) 세트가 구성된다. SSB 버스트 세트는 5ms 시간 윈도우(즉, 하프-프레임)로 구성되며, SSB는 SS 버스트 세트 내에서 최대 L번 전송될 수 있다. SSB의 최대 전송 횟수 L은 반송파의 주파수 대역에 따라 다음과 같이 주어질 수 있다. 하나의 슬롯은 최대 2개의 SSB를 포함한다.SSB is transmitted periodically according to the SSB period. The basic SSB period assumed by the UE during initial cell search is defined as 20ms. After cell access, the SSB period can be set to one of {5ms, 10ms, 20ms, 40ms, 80ms, 160ms} by the network (e.g., BS). At the beginning of the SSB cycle, a set of SSB bursts is constructed. The SSB burst set consists of a 5ms time window (i.e. half-frame), and an SSB can be transmitted up to L times within the SS burst set. The maximum transmission number L of SSB can be given as follows depending on the frequency band of the carrier. One slot contains up to 2 SSBs.
- For frequency range up to 3 GHz, L = 4- For frequency range up to 3 GHz, L = 4
- For frequency range from 3GHz to 6 GHz, L = 8- For frequency range from 3GHz to 6 GHz, L = 8
- For frequency range from 6 GHz to 52.6 GHz, L = 64- For frequency range from 6 GHz to 52.6 GHz, L = 64
SS 버스트 세트 내에서 SSB 후보의 시간 위치가 부반송파 간격에 따라 정의될 수 있다. SSB 후보의 시간 위치는 SSB 버스트 세트(즉, 하프-프레임) 내에서 시간 순서에 따라 0 ~ L-1로 인덱싱된다(SSB 인덱스).The temporal position of the SSB candidate within the SS burst set may be defined according to the subcarrier spacing. The temporal positions of SSB candidates are indexed from 0 to L-1 according to temporal order within the SSB burst set (i.e. half-frame) (SSB index).
반송파의 주파수 폭(span) 내에서 다수의 SSB들이 전송될 있다. 이러한 SSB들의 물리 계층 셀 식별자들은 고유(unique)할 필요는 없으며, 다른 SSB들은 다른 물리 계층 셀 식별자를 가질 수 있다.Multiple SSBs may be transmitted within the frequency span of the carrier. The physical layer cell identifiers of these SSBs do not need to be unique, and different SSBs may have different physical layer cell identifiers.
UE는 SSB를 검출함으로써 DL 동기를 획득할 수 있다. UE는 검출된 SSB (시간) 인덱스에 기반하여 SSB 버스트 세트의 구조를 식별할 수 있고, 이에 따라 심볼/슬롯/하프-프레임 경계를 검출할 수 있다. 검출된 SSB가 속하는 프레임/하프-프레임의 번호는 시스템 프레임 번호(system frame number, SFN) 정보와 하프-프레임 지시 정보를 이용하여 식별될 수 있다.The UE can obtain DL synchronization by detecting SSB. The UE can identify the structure of the SSB burst set based on the detected SSB (time) index and detect symbol/slot/half-frame boundaries accordingly. The number of the frame/half-frame to which the detected SSB belongs can be identified using system frame number (SFN) information and half-frame indication information.
구체적으로, UE는 PBCH로부터 상기 PBCH가 속한 프레임에 대한 10 비트 SFN을 획득할 수 있다. 다음으로, UE는 1 비트 하프-프레임 지시 정보를 획득할 수 있다. 예를 들어, UE가 하프-프레임 지시 비트가 0으로 세팅된 PBCH를 검출한 경우에는 상기 PBCH가 속한 SSB가 프레임 내 첫 번째 하프-프레임에 속한다고 판단할 수 있고, 하프-프레임 지시 비트가 1로 세팅된 PBCH를 검출한 경우에는 상기 PBCH가 속한 SSB가 프레임 내 두 번째 하프-프레임에 속한다고 판단할 수 있다. 마지막으로, UE는 DMRS 시퀀스와 PBCH가 나르는 PBCH 페이로드에 기반하여 상기 PBCH가 속한 SSB의 SSB 인덱스를 획득할 수 있다. Specifically, the UE can obtain a 10-bit SFN for the frame to which the PBCH belongs from the PBCH. Next, the UE may obtain 1-bit half-frame indication information. For example, when the UE detects a PBCH with the half-frame indication bit set to 0, it may determine that the SSB to which the PBCH belongs belongs to the first half-frame in the frame, and the half-frame indication bit is set to 1. When a PBCH set to is detected, it can be determined that the SSB to which the PBCH belongs belongs to the second half-frame in the frame. Finally, the UE can obtain the SSB index of the SSB to which the PBCH belongs based on the DMRS sequence and the PBCH payload carried by the PBCH.
초기 셀 탐색을 마친 단말은 단계 S102에서 물리 하향링크 제어 채널(Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH) 및 물리 하향링크 제어 채널 정보에 따른 물리 하향링크 공유 채널(Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDSCH)을 수신하여 좀더 구체적인 시스템 정보를 획득할 수 있다.After completing the initial cell search, the terminal receives a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) and a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) according to the physical downlink control channel information in step S102 to provide more detailed information. System information can be obtained.
시스템 정보(SI)는 마스터 정보 블록(master information block, MIB)와 복수의 시스템 정보 블록(system information block, SIB)들로 나눠진다. MIB 외의 시스템 정보(system information, SI)는 RMSI(Remaining Minimum System Information)으로 지칭될 수 있다. 자세한 사항은 다음을 참조할 수 있다. System information (SI) is divided into a master information block (MIB) and a plurality of system information blocks (SIB). System information (SI) other than MIB may be referred to as RMSI (Remaining Minimum System Information). For further details, please refer to:
- MIB는 SIB1(SystemInformationBlock1)을 나르는 PDSCH를 스케줄링하는 PDCCH의 모니터링을 위한 정보/파라미터를 포함하며 SSB의 PBCH를 통해 BS에 의해 전송된다. 예를 들어, UE는 MIB에 기반하여 Type0-PDCCH 공통 탐색 공간(common search space)을 위한 CORESET(Control Resource Set)이 존재하는지 확인할 수 있다. Type0-PDCCH 공통 탐색 공간은 PDCCH 탐색 공간의 일종이며, SI 메시지를 스케줄링하는 PDCCH를 전송하는 데 사용된다. Type0-PDCCH 공통 탐색 공간이 존재하는 경우, UE는 MIB 내의 정보(예, pdcch-ConfigSIB1)에 기반하여 (i) CORESET을 구성하는 복수의 인접(contiguous) 자원 블록들 및 하나 이상의 연속된(consecutive) 심볼들과 (ii) PDCCH 기회(occasion)(예, PDCCH 수신을 위한 시간 도메인 위치)를 결정할 수 있다. Type0-PDCCH 공통 탐색 공간이 존재하지 않는 경우, pdcch-ConfigSIB1은 SSB/SIB1이 존재하는 주파수 위치와 SSB/SIB1이 존재하지 않는 주파수 범위에 관한 정보를 제공한다.- The MIB contains information/parameters for monitoring the PDCCH, which schedules the PDSCH carrying SIB1 (SystemInformationBlock1), and is transmitted by the BS through the PBCH of the SSB. For example, the UE can check whether a Control Resource Set (CORESET) for the Type0-PDCCH common search space exists based on the MIB. Type0-PDCCH common search space is a type of PDCCH search space and is used to transmit PDCCH for scheduling SI messages. If a Type0-PDCCH common search space exists, the UE may use (i) a plurality of contiguous resource blocks constituting a CORESET and one or more contiguous resource blocks based on information in the MIB (e.g., pdcch-ConfigSIB1) Symbols and (ii) PDCCH opportunity (e.g., time domain location for PDCCH reception) can be determined. When a Type0-PDCCH common search space does not exist, pdcch-ConfigSIB1 provides information about the frequency location where SSB/SIB1 exists and the frequency range where SSB/SIB1 does not exist.
- SIB1은 나머지 SIB들(이하, SIBx, x는 2 이상의 정수)의 가용성(availability) 및 스케줄링(예, 전송 주기, SI-윈도우 크기)과 관련된 정보를 포함한다. 예를 들어, SIB1은 SIBx가 주기적으로 브로드캐스트되는지 on-demand 방식에 의해 UE의 요청에 의해 제공되는지 여부를 알려줄 수 있다. SIBx가 on-demand 방식에 의해 제공되는 경우, SIB1은 UE가 SI 요청을 수행하는 데 필요한 정보를 포함할 수 있다. SIB1은 PDSCH를 통해 전송되며, SIB1을 스케줄링 하는 PDCCH는 Type0-PDCCH 공통 탐색 공간을 통해 전송되며, SIB1은 상기 PDCCH에 의해 지시되는 PDSCH를 통해 전송된다.- SIB1 includes information related to the availability and scheduling (e.g., transmission period, SI-window size) of the remaining SIBs (hereinafter SIBx, x is an integer of 2 or more). For example, SIB1 can inform whether SIBx is broadcast periodically or provided at the request of the UE in an on-demand manner. If SIBx is provided in an on-demand manner, SIB1 may contain information necessary for the UE to perform an SI request. SIB1 is transmitted through PDSCH, the PDCCH scheduling SIB1 is transmitted through the Type0-PDCCH common search space, and SIB1 is transmitted through the PDSCH indicated by the PDCCH.
- SIBx는 SI 메시지에 포함되며 PDSCH를 통해 전송된다. 각각의 SI 메시지는 주기적으로 발생하는 시간 윈도우(즉, SI-윈도우) 내에서 전송된다.- SIBx is included in the SI message and transmitted through PDSCH. Each SI message is transmitted within a periodically occurring time window (i.e. SI-window).
이후, 단말은 기지국에 접속을 완료하기 위해 단계 S103 내지 단계 S106과 같은 랜덤 엑세스 절차(Random Access Procedure)을 수행할 수 있다(e.g. 4-step RA procedure). 이를 위해 단말은 물리 랜덤 엑세스 채널(Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH)을 통해 프리앰블(preamble)을 전송하고(S103), 물리 하향링크 제어 채널 및 이에 대응하는 물리 하향링크 공유 채널을 통해 프리앰블에 대한 응답 메시지를 수신할 수 있다(S104). 경쟁 기반 랜덤 엑세스(Contention based random access)의 경우 추가적인 물리 랜덤 엑세스 채널의 전송(S105) 및 물리 하향링크 제어 채널 및 이에 대응하는 물리 하향링크 공유 채널 수신(S106)과 같은 충돌 해결 절차(Contention Resolution Procedure)를 수행할 수 있다.Afterwards, the terminal may perform a random access procedure such as steps S103 to S106 to complete connection to the base station (e.g. 4-step RA procedure). To this end, the terminal transmits a preamble through a physical random access channel (PRACH) (S103) and sends a response message to the preamble through the physical downlink control channel and the corresponding physical downlink shared channel. can be received (S104). In the case of contention based random access, a contention resolution procedure such as transmission of an additional physical random access channel (S105) and reception of a physical downlink control channel and a corresponding physical downlink shared channel (S106) ) can be performed.
한편, 2-Step 랜덤 엑세스 절차에 대해서 간략히 살펴보면, S103/S105이 (단말이 전송을 수행하는) 하나의 단계로 수행되고(메세지 A), S104/S106이 (기지국이 전송을 수행하는) 하나의 단계로 수행되는 것으로 이해될 수 있다(메세지 B). 메시지 A(MSGA)는프리앰블(preamble) 및 페이로드(PUSCH 페이로드)를 포함한다. 프리앰블과 페이로드는 TDM 방식으로 다중화 된다. 메시지 B(MSGB) 는 메시지 A에 대한 응답으로써, contention resolution, fallback indication(s) 및/또는 backoff indication를 위해 전송될 수 있다. 2-Step 랜덤 엑세스 절차는 CBRA(Contention-based Random Access) 타입과 및 CFRA (Contention-free Random Access) 타입으로 세분화 될 수 있다. CFRA에 따르면 단말의 메시지A 송신 이전에, 기지국은 단말이 메시지 A로써 송신해야하는 프리앰블에 대한 정보와 PUSCH 할당에 대한 정보를 단말에 제공한다. Meanwhile, briefly looking at the 2-Step random access procedure, S103/S105 is performed as one step (where the terminal performs transmission) (message A), and S104/S106 is performed as one step (where the base station performs transmission). It can be understood as being carried out in stages (Message B). Message A (MSGA) includes a preamble and payload (PUSCH payload). The preamble and payload are multiplexed in TDM method. Message B (MSGB) is a response to message A and may be sent for contention resolution, fallback indication(s), and/or backoff indication. The 2-Step random access procedure can be subdivided into CBRA (Contention-based Random Access) type and CFRA (Contention-free Random Access) type. According to CFRA, before the terminal transmits Message A, the base station provides the terminal with information about the preamble that the terminal must transmit as Message A and information about PUSCH allocation.
상술한 바와 같은 절차를 수행한 단말은 이후 일반적인 상향/하향링크 신호 전송 절차로서 물리 하향링크 제어 채널/물리 하향링크 공유 채널 수신(S107) 및 물리 상향링크 공유 채널(Physical Uplink Shared Channel, PUSCH)/물리 상향링크 제어 채널(Physical Uplink Control Channel, PUCCH) 전송(S108)을 수행할 수 있다. 단말이 기지국으로 전송하는 제어 정보를 통칭하여 상향링크 제어 정보(Uplink Control Information, UCI)라고 지칭한다. UCI는 HARQ ACK/NACK(Hybrid Automatic Repeat and reQuest Acknowledgement/Negative-ACK), SR(Scheduling Request), CSI(Channel State Information) 등을 포함한다. CSI는 CQI(Channel Quality Indicator), PMI(Precoding Matrix Indicator), RI(Rank Indication) 등을 포함한다. UCI는 일반적으로 PUCCH를 통해 전송되지만, 제어 정보와 트래픽 데이터가 동시에 전송되어야 할 경우 PUSCH를 통해 전송될 수 있다. 또한, 네트워크의 요청/지시에 의해 PUSCH를 통해 UCI를 비주기적으로 전송할 수 있다.The terminal that has performed the above-described procedure then receives a physical downlink control channel/physical downlink shared channel (S107) and a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) as a general uplink/downlink signal transmission procedure. Physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) transmission (S108) can be performed. The control information transmitted from the terminal to the base station is collectively referred to as uplink control information (UCI). UCI includes HARQ ACK/NACK (Hybrid Automatic Repeat and reQuest Acknowledgment/Negative-ACK), SR (Scheduling Request), and CSI (Channel State Information). CSI includes Channel Quality Indicator (CQI), Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI), Rank Indication (RI), etc. UCI is generally transmitted through PUCCH, but when control information and traffic data must be transmitted simultaneously, it can be transmitted through PUSCH. Additionally, UCI can be transmitted aperiodically through PUSCH at the request/instruction of the network.
한편, MR 시스템은 비면허 대역에서의 신호 송/수신을 지원할 수 있다. 비면허 대역에 대한 지역별 규제(regulation)에 따르면, 비면허 대역 내의 통신 노드는 신호 전송 전에 다른 통신 노드(들)의 채널 사용 여부를 판단해야 한다. 구체적으로, 통신 노드는 신호 전송 전에 먼저 CS(Carrier Sensing)를 수행하여 다른 통신 노드(들)이 신호 전송을 하는지 여부를 확인할 수 있다. 다른 통신 노드(들)이 신호 전송을 하지 않는다고 판단된 경우를 CCA(Clear Channel Assessment)가 확인됐다고 정의한다. 기-정의된 혹은 상위계층(예, RRC) 시그널링에 의해 설정된 CCA 임계치가 있는 경우, 통신 노드는 CCA 임계치보다 높은 에너지가 채널에서 검출되면 채널 상태를 비지(busy)로 판단하고, 그렇지 않으면 채널 상태를 아이들(idle)로 판단할 수 있다. 채널 상태가 아이들이라고 판단되면, 통신 노드는 UCell에서 신호 전송을 시작할 수 있다. 상술한 일련의 과정은 LBT(Listen-Before-Talk) 또는 CAP(Channel Access Procedure)로 지칭될 수 있다. LBT와 CAP는 혼용될 수 있다.Meanwhile, the MR system can support signal transmission/reception in an unlicensed band. According to regional regulations for unlicensed bands, communication nodes within the unlicensed band must determine whether other communication node(s) are using the channel before transmitting a signal. Specifically, a communication node may first perform CS (Carrier Sensing) before transmitting a signal to check whether other communication node(s) is transmitting a signal. CCA (Clear Channel Assessment) is defined as confirmed when it is determined that other communication node(s) are not transmitting signals. If there is a CCA threshold that is pre-defined or set by higher layer (e.g., RRC) signaling, the communication node determines the channel state as busy if energy higher than the CCA threshold is detected in the channel, otherwise, the channel state is busy. can be judged as idle. If the channel state is determined to be idle, the communication node can begin transmitting signals in the UCell. The series of processes described above may be referred to as Listen-Before-Talk (LBT) or Channel Access Procedure (CAP). LBT and CAP can be used interchangeably.
도 2는 무선 프레임(radio frame)의 구조를 예시한다. NR에서 상향링크 및 하향링크 전송은 프레임으로 구성된다. 각 무선 프레임은 10ms의 길이를 가지며, 두 개의 5ms 하프-프레임(Half-Frame, HF)으로 분할된다. 각 하프-프레임은 5개의 1ms 서브프레임(Subframe, SF)으로 분할된다. 서브프레임은 하나 이상의 슬롯으로 분할되며, 서브프레임 내 슬롯 개수는 SCS(Subcarrier Spacing)에 의존한다. 각 슬롯은 CP(cyclic prefix)에 따라 12개 또는 14개의 OFDM(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) 심볼을 포함한다. 보통(normal) CP가 사용되는 경우, 각 슬롯은 14개의 OFDM 심볼을 포함한다. 확장(extended) CP가 사용되는 경우, 각 슬롯은 12개의 OFDM 심볼을 포함한다.Figure 2 illustrates the structure of a radio frame. In NR, uplink and downlink transmission consists of frames. Each radio frame is 10ms long and is divided into two 5ms half-frames (HF). Each half-frame is divided into five 1ms subframes (Subframe, SF). A subframe is divided into one or more slots, and the number of slots in a subframe depends on SCS (Subcarrier Spacing). Each slot contains 12 or 14 Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols depending on the cyclic prefix (CP). When normal CP is used, each slot contains 14 OFDM symbols. When extended CP is used, each slot contains 12 OFDM symbols.
표 1은 보통 CP가 사용되는 경우, SCS에 따라 슬롯 별 심볼의 개수, 프레임 별 슬롯의 개수와 서브프레임 별 슬롯의 개수가 달라지는 것을 예시한다. Table 1 illustrates that when a normal CP is used, the number of symbols per slot, the number of slots per frame, and the number of slots per subframe vary depending on the SCS.
SCS (15*2^u)SCS (15*2^u) Nslot symb N- slot symbol Nframe,u slot N frame, u slot Nsubframe,u slot N subframe,u slot
15KHz (u=0)15KHz (u=0) 1414 1010 1One
30KHz (u=1)30KHz (u=1) 1414 2020 22
60KHz (u=2)60KHz (u=2) 1414 4040 44
120KHz (u=3)120KHz (u=3) 1414 8080 88
240KHz (u=4)240KHz (u=4) 1414 160160 1616
* Nslot symb: 슬롯 내 심볼의 개수* N slot symb : Number of symbols in the slot
* Nframe,u slot: 프레임 내 슬롯의 개수* N frame, u slot : Number of slots in the frame
* Nsubframe,u slot: 서브프레임 내 슬롯의 개수* N subframe,u slot : Number of slots in the subframe
표 2는 확장 CP가 사용되는 경우, SCS에 따라 슬롯 별 심볼의 개수, 프레임 별 슬롯의 개수와 서브프레임 별 슬롯의 개수가 달라지는 것을 예시한다.Table 2 illustrates that when an extended CP is used, the number of symbols per slot, the number of slots per frame, and the number of slots per subframe vary depending on the SCS.
SCS (15*2^u)SCS (15*2^u) Nslot symb N- slot symbol Nframe,u slot N frame, u slot Nsubframe,u slot N subframe, u slot
60KHz (u=2)60KHz (u=2) 1212 4040 44
프레임의 구조는 예시에 불과하고, 프레임에서 서브프레임의 수, 슬롯의 수, 심볼의 수는 다양하게 변경될 수 있다.The structure of the frame is only an example, and the number of subframes, number of slots, and number of symbols in the frame can be changed in various ways.
NR 시스템에서는 하나의 단말에게 병합되는 복수의 셀들간에 OFDM 뉴모놀로지(numerology)(예, SCS)가 상이하게 설정될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 동일한 개수의 심볼로 구성된 시간 자원(예, SF, 슬롯 또는 TTI)(편의상, TU(Time Unit)로 통칭)의 (절대 시간) 구간이 병합된 셀들간에 상이하게 설정될 수 있다. 여기서, 심볼은 OFDM 심볼 (혹은, CP-OFDM 심볼), SC-FDMA 심볼 (혹은, Discrete Fourier Transform-spread-OFDM, DFT-s-OFDM 심볼)을 포함할 수 있다. In the NR system, OFDM numerology (eg, SCS) may be set differently between multiple cells merged into one UE. Accordingly, the (absolute time) interval of time resources (e.g., SF, slot, or TTI) (for convenience, collectively referred to as TU (Time Unit)) consisting of the same number of symbols may be set differently between merged cells. Here, the symbol may include an OFDM symbol (or CP-OFDM symbol) or SC-FDMA symbol (or Discrete Fourier Transform-spread-OFDM, DFT-s-OFDM symbol).
도 3은 슬롯의 자원 그리드(resource grid)를 예시한다. 슬롯은 시간 도메인에서 복수의 심볼을 포함한다. 예를 들어, 보통 CP의 경우 하나의 슬롯이 14개의 심볼을 포함하나, 확장 CP의 경우 하나의 슬롯이 12개의 심볼을 포함한다. 반송파는 주파수 도메인에서 복수의 부반송파를 포함한다. RB(Resource Block)는 주파수 도메인에서 복수(예, 12)의 연속한 부반송파로 정의된다. BWP(Bandwidth Part)는 주파수 도메인에서 복수의 연속한 PRB(Physical RB)로 정의되며, 하나의 뉴모놀로지(numerology)(예, SCS, CP 길이 등)에 대응될 수 있다. 반송파는 최대 N개(예, 5개)의 BWP를 포함할 수 있다. 데이터 통신은 활성화된 BWP를 통해서 수행되며, 하나의 단말한테는 하나의 BWP만 활성화 될 수 있다. 자원 그리드에서 각각의 요소는 자원요소(Resource Element, RE)로 지칭되며, 하나의 복소 심볼이 매핑될 수 있다.Figure 3 illustrates a resource grid of slots. A slot includes a plurality of symbols in the time domain. For example, in the case of normal CP, one slot contains 14 symbols, but in the case of extended CP, one slot contains 12 symbols. A carrier wave includes a plurality of subcarriers in the frequency domain. RB (Resource Block) is defined as multiple (eg, 12) consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain. A Bandwidth Part (BWP) is defined as a plurality of consecutive PRBs (Physical RBs) in the frequency domain and may correspond to one numerology (e.g., SCS, CP length, etc.). A carrier wave may contain up to N (e.g., 5) BWPs. Data communication is performed through an activated BWP, and only one BWP can be activated for one terminal. Each element in the resource grid is referred to as a Resource Element (RE), and one complex symbol can be mapped.
대역폭 파트 (Bandwidth part, BWP)Bandwidth part (BWP)
NR 시스템에서는 하나의 반송파(carrier)당 최대 400 MHz까지 지원될 수 있다. 네트워크는 이러한 와이드밴드(wideband) 반송파의 전체 대역폭이 아닌 일부 대역폭에서만 동작하도록 UE에게 지시할 수 있으며, 해당 일부 대역폭을 대역폭 파트(bandwidth part, BWP)라 칭한다. 하나의 반송파 내에 하나 이상의 BWP가 설정될 수 있다. 주파수 도메인에서 BWP는 반송파 상의 대역폭 파트 내 뉴머롤러지에 대해 정의된 인접한(contiguous) 공통 자원 블록들의 서브셋이며, 하나의 뉴머롤로지(예, 부반송파 간격, CP 길이, 슬롯/미니-슬롯 지속기간)가 설정될 수 있다.In the NR system, up to 400 MHz can be supported per carrier. The network may instruct the UE to operate only in a portion of the bandwidth rather than the entire bandwidth of this wideband carrier, and the portion of the bandwidth is referred to as a bandwidth part (BWP). One or more BWPs may be set within one carrier. In the frequency domain, a BWP is a subset of contiguous common resource blocks defined for numerology within the bandwidth part on a carrier, with one numerology (e.g. subcarrier spacing, CP length, slot/mini-slot duration). can be set.
네트워크 시그널링 및/또는 타이머에 따라서 DL/UL BWP의 활성화/비활성화가 수행되거나 또는 BWP 스위칭이 수행될 수 있다(e.g., 물리 계층 제어 신호인 L1 시그널링, MAC 계층 제어 신호인 MAC 제어 요소(control element, CE), 또는 RRC 시그널링 등에 의해). UE가 초기 접속(initial access) 과정에 있거나, 혹은 UE의 RRC 연결이 셋업 되기 전 등의 상황에서는 UE가 DL/UL BWP에 대한 설정(configuration)을 수신하지 못할 수도 있다. 이러한 상황에서 UE가 가정하는 DL/UL BWP는 초기 활성 DL/UL BWP라고 한다.Activation/deactivation of DL/UL BWP or BWP switching may be performed according to network signaling and/or timer (e.g., L1 signaling, which is a physical layer control signal, MAC control element, which is a MAC layer control signal. CE), or by RRC signaling, etc.). In situations such as when the UE is in the process of initial access or before the UE's RRC connection is set up, the UE may not receive configuration for the DL/UL BWP. In this situation, the DL/UL BWP assumed by the UE is referred to as the initial active DL/UL BWP.
도 4 내지 도 5는 SSB (Synchronization Signal Block)의 구조 및 전송 방법을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.Figures 4 and 5 are diagrams for explaining the structure and transmission method of SSB (Synchronization Signal Block).
단말은 SSB에 기반하여 셀 탐색(search), 시스템 정보 획득, 초기 접속을 위한 빔 정렬, DL 측정 등을 수행할 수 있다. SSB는 SS/PBCH(Synchronization Signal/Physical Broadcast channel) 블록과 혼용된다.The terminal can perform cell search, system information acquisition, beam alignment for initial access, DL measurement, etc. based on SSB. SSB is used interchangeably with SS/PBCH (Synchronization Signal/Physical Broadcast channel) block.
도 4를 참조하면, SSB는 PSS, SSS와 PBCH로 구성된다. SSB는 4개의 연속된 OFDM 심볼에 구성되며, OFDM 심볼 별로 PSS, PBCH, SSS/PBCH 및 PBCH가 전송된다. PSS와 SSS는 각각 1개의 OFDM 심볼과 127개의 부반송파로 구성되고, PBCH는 3개의 OFDM 심볼과 576개의 부반송파로 구성된다. PBCH에는 폴라 코딩 및 QPSK(Quadrature Phase Shift Keying)이 적용된다. PBCH는 OFDM 심볼마다 데이터 RE와 DMRS(Demodulation Reference Signal) RE로 구성된다. RB 별로 3개의 DMRS RE가 존재하며, DMRS RE 사이에는 3개의 데이터 RE가 존재한다.Referring to Figure 4, SSB consists of PSS, SSS and PBCH. SSB is composed of four consecutive OFDM symbols, and PSS, PBCH, SSS/PBCH, and PBCH are transmitted for each OFDM symbol. PSS and SSS each consist of 1 OFDM symbol and 127 subcarriers, and PBCH consists of 3 OFDM symbols and 576 subcarriers. Polar coding and QPSK (Quadrature Phase Shift Keying) are applied to PBCH. PBCH consists of data RE and DMRS (Demodulation Reference Signal) RE for each OFDM symbol. There are three DMRS REs for each RB, and three data REs exist between DMRS REs.
셀 탐색은 단말이 셀의 시간/주파수 동기를 획득하고, 상기 셀의 셀 ID(Identifier)(예, Physical layer Cell ID, PCID)를 검출하는 과정을 의미한다. PSS는 셀 ID 그룹 내에서 셀 ID를 검출하는데 사용되고, SSS는 셀 ID 그룹을 검출하는데 사용된다. PBCH는 SSB (시간) 인덱스 검출 및 하프-프레임 검출에 사용된다.Cell search refers to a process in which a terminal acquires time/frequency synchronization of a cell and detects the cell ID (Identifier) (eg, physical layer Cell ID, PCID) of the cell. PSS is used to detect the cell ID within the cell ID group, and SSS is used to detect the cell ID group. PBCH is used for SSB (time) index detection and half-frame detection.
단말의 셀 탐색 과정은 하기 표 3과 같이 정리될 수 있다.The terminal's cell search process can be summarized as Table 3 below.
Type of SignalsType of Signals OperationsOperations
1st step 1st step PSSP.S.S. * SS/PBCH block (SSB) symbol timing acquisition
* Cell ID detection within a cell ID group
(3 hypothesis)* SS/PBCH block (SSB) symbol timing acquisition
* Cell ID detection within a cell ID group
(3 hypotheses)
2nd Step 2nd Step SSSSSS * Cell ID group detection (336 hypothesis)* Cell ID group detection (336 hypothesis)
3rd Step 3rd Step PBCH DMRSPBCH DMRS * SSB index and Half frame (HF) index(Slot and frame boundary detection)* SSB index and Half frame (HF) index (Slot and frame boundary detection)
4th Step 4th Step PBCHPBCH * Time information (80 ms, System Frame Number (SFN), SSB index, HF)* Remaining Minimum System Information (RMSI) Control resource set (CORESET)/Search space configuration* Time information (80 ms, System Frame Number (SFN), SSB index, HF)* Remaining Minimum System Information (RMSI) Control resource set (CORESET)/Search space configuration
5th Step 5th Step PDCCH and PDSCHPDCCH and PDSCH * Cell access information* RACH configuration* Cell access information* RACH configuration
336개의 셀 ID 그룹이 존재하고, 셀 ID 그룹 별로 3개의 셀 ID가 존재한다. 총 1008개의 셀 ID가 존재한다. 셀의 셀 ID가 속한 셀 ID 그룹에 관한 정보는 상기 셀의 SSS를 통해 제공/획득되며, 상기 셀 ID 내 336개 셀들 중 상기 셀 ID에 관한 정보는 PSS를 통해 제공/획득된다.There are 336 cell ID groups, and 3 cell IDs exist for each cell ID group. There are a total of 1008 cell IDs. Information about the cell ID group to which the cell ID of a cell belongs is provided/obtained through the SSS of the cell, and information about the cell ID among 336 cells within the cell ID is provided/obtained through the PSS.
도 5를 참조하면, SSB는 SSB 주기(periodicity)에 맞춰 주기적으로 전송된다. 초기 셀 탐색 시에 단말이 가정하는 SSB 기본 주기는 20ms로 정의된다. 셀 접속 후, SSB 주기는 네트워크(예, 기지국)에 의해 {5ms, 10ms, 20ms, 40ms, 80ms, 160ms} 중 하나로 설정될 수 있다. SSB 주기의 시작 부분에 SSB 버스트(burst) 세트가 구성된다. SSB 버스트 세트는 5ms 시간 윈도우(즉, 하프-프레임)로 구성되며, SSB는 SS 버스트 세트 내에서 최대 L번 전송될 수 있다. SSB의 최대 전송 횟수 L은 반송파의 주파수 대역에 따라 다음과 같이 주어질 수 있다. 하나의 슬롯은 최대 2개의 SSB를 포함한다.Referring to FIG. 5, SSB is transmitted periodically according to the SSB period. The basic SSB period assumed by the terminal during initial cell search is defined as 20ms. After cell access, the SSB period can be set to one of {5ms, 10ms, 20ms, 40ms, 80ms, 160ms} by the network (e.g., base station). At the beginning of the SSB cycle, a set of SSB bursts is constructed. The SSB burst set consists of a 5ms time window (i.e. half-frame), and an SSB can be transmitted up to L times within the SS burst set. The maximum transmission number L of SSB can be given as follows depending on the frequency band of the carrier. One slot contains up to 2 SSBs.
- For frequency range up to 3 GHz, L = 4- For frequency range up to 3 GHz, L = 4
- For frequency range from 3GHz to 6 GHz, L = 8- For frequency range from 3GHz to 6 GHz, L = 8
- For frequency range from 6 GHz to 52.6 GHz, L = 64- For frequency range from 6 GHz to 52.6 GHz, L = 64
SS 버스트 세트 내에서 SSB 후보의 시간 위치는 SCS에 따라 다음과 같이 정의될 수 있다. SSB 후보의 시간 위치는 SSB 버스트 세트(즉, 하프-프레임) 내에서 시간 순서에 따라 0 ~ L-1로 인덱싱 된다(SSB 인덱스).The temporal position of the SSB candidate within the SS burst set can be defined according to the SCS as follows. The temporal positions of SSB candidates are indexed from 0 to L-1 according to temporal order within the SSB burst set (i.e., half-frame) (SSB index).
- Case A - 15 kHz SCS: 후보 SSB의 시작 심볼의 인덱스는 {2, 8} + 14*n으로 주어진다. 반송파 주파수가 3 GHz 이하인 경우 n=0, 1이다. 반송파 주파수가 3 GHz ~ 6 GHz인 경우 n=0, 1, 2, 3이다.- Case A - 15 kHz SCS: The index of the start symbol of the candidate SSB is given as {2, 8} + 14*n. If the carrier frequency is 3 GHz or less, n=0, 1. If the carrier frequency is 3 GHz to 6 GHz, n=0, 1, 2, 3.
- Case B - 30 kHz SCS: 후보 SSB의 시작 심볼의 인덱스는 {4, 8, 16, 20} + 28*n으로 주어진다. 반송파 주파수가 3 GHz 이하인 경우 n=0이다. 반송파 주파수가 3 GHz ~ 6 GHz인 경우 n=0, 1이다.- Case B - 30 kHz SCS: The index of the starting symbol of the candidate SSB is given as {4, 8, 16, 20} + 28*n. If the carrier frequency is 3 GHz or less, n=0. If the carrier frequency is 3 GHz to 6 GHz, n=0, 1.
- Case C - 30 kHz SCS: 후보 SSB의 시작 심볼의 인덱스는 {2, 8} + 14*n으로 주어진다. 반송파 주파수가 3 GHz 이하인 경우 n=0, 1이다. 반송파 주파수가 3 GHz ~ 6 GHz인 경우 n=0, 1, 2, 3이다.- Case C - 30 kHz SCS: The index of the start symbol of the candidate SSB is given as {2, 8} + 14*n. If the carrier frequency is 3 GHz or less, n=0, 1. If the carrier frequency is 3 GHz to 6 GHz, n=0, 1, 2, 3.
- Case D - 120 kHz SCS: 후보 SSB의 시작 심볼의 인덱스는 {4, 8, 16, 20} + 28*n으로 주어진다. 반송파 주파수가 6 GHz보다 큰 경우 n=0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18이다.- Case D - 120 kHz SCS: The index of the start symbol of the candidate SSB is given as {4, 8, 16, 20} + 28*n. For carrier frequencies greater than 6 GHz, n=0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18.
- Case E - 240 kHz SCS: 후보 SSB의 시작 심볼의 인덱스는 {8, 12, 16, 20, 32, 36, 40, 44} + 56*n으로 주어진다. 반송파 주파수가 6 GHz보다 큰 경우 n=0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8이다.- Case E - 240 kHz SCS: The index of the starting symbol of the candidate SSB is given as {8, 12, 16, 20, 32, 36, 40, 44} + 56*n. If the carrier frequency is greater than 6 GHz, n=0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8.
대역폭 파트 (Bandwidth part, BWP)Bandwidth part (BWP)
NR 시스템에서는 하나의 반송파(carrier)당 최대 400 MHz까지 지원될 수 있다. 이러한 와이드밴드(wideband) 반송파에서 동작하는 UE가 항상 반송파 전체에 대한 무선 주파수(radio frequency, RF) 모듈을 켜둔 채로 동작한다면 UE 배터리 소모가 커질 수 있다. 혹은 하나의 와이드밴드 반송파 내에 동작하는 여러 사용 예(use case)들 (e.g., eMBB, URLLC, mMTC, V2X 등)을 고려할 때 해당 반송파 내에 주파수 대역별로 서로 다른 뉴머롤로지(예, 부반송파 간격)가 지원될 수 있다. 혹은 UE별로 최대 대역폭에 대한 능력(capability)이 다를 수 있다. 이를 고려하여 BS는 와이드밴드 반송파의 전체 대역폭이 아닌 일부 대역폭에서만 동작하도록 UE에게 지시할 수 있으며, 해당 일부 대역폭을 대역폭 파트(bandwidth part, BWP)라 칭한다. 주파수 도메인에서 BWP는 반송파 상의 대역폭 파트 i 내 뉴머롤러지 μi에 대해 정의된 인접한(contiguous) 공통 자원 블록들의 서브셋이며, 하나의 뉴머롤로지(예, 부반송파 간격, CP 길이, 슬롯/미니-슬롯 지속기간)가 설정될 수 있다.In the NR system, up to 400 MHz can be supported per carrier. If a UE operating on such a wideband carrier always operates with the radio frequency (RF) module for the entire carrier turned on, UE battery consumption may increase. Or, considering multiple use cases (e.g., eMBB, URLLC, mMTC, V2X, etc.) operating within one wideband carrier, different numerology (e.g., subcarrier spacing) may be required for each frequency band within the carrier. Can be supported. Alternatively, the capability for maximum bandwidth may be different for each UE. Considering this, the BS can instruct the UE to operate only in a part of the bandwidth rather than the entire bandwidth of the wideband carrier, and the part of the bandwidth is called a bandwidth part (BWP). In the frequency domain, a BWP is a subset of contiguous common resource blocks defined for numerology μi within bandwidth part i on a carrier, with one numerology (e.g. subcarrier spacing, CP length, slot/mini-slot duration). period) can be set.
한편, BS는 UE에게 설정된 하나의 반송파 내에 하나 이상의 BWP를 설정할 수 있다. 혹은, 특정 BWP에 UE들이 몰리는 경우 부하 밸런싱(load balancing)을 위해 일부 UE들을 다른 BWP로 옮길 수 있다. 혹은, 이웃 셀들 간의 주파수 도메인 인터-셀 간섭 소거(frequency domain inter-cell interference cancellation) 등을 고려하여 전체 대역폭 중 가운데 일부 스펙트럼을 배제하고 셀의 양쪽 BWP들을 동일 슬롯 내에 설정할 수 있다. 즉, BS는 와이드밴드 반송파 와 연관(associate)된 UE에게 적어도 하나의 DL/UL BWP를 설정해 줄 수 있으며, 특정 시점에 설정된 DL/UL BWP(들) 중 적어도 하나의 DL/UL BWP를 (물리 계층 제어 신호인 L1 시그널링, MAC 계층 제어 신호인 MAC 제어 요소(control element, CE), 또는 RRC 시그널링 등에 의해) 활성화(activate)시킬 수 있고 다른 설정된 DL/UL BWP로 스위칭할 것을 (L1 시그널링, MAC CE, 또는 RRC 시그널링 등에 의해) 지시하거나, 타이머 값을 설정하여 타이머가 만료(expire)되면 UE가 정해진 DL/UL BWP로 스위칭하도록 할 수도 있다. 활성화된 DL/UL BWP를 특히 활성(active) DL/UL BWP라고 한다. UE가 초기 접속(initial access) 과정에 있거나, 혹은 UE의 RRC 연결이 셋업 되기 전 등의 상황에서는 UE가 DL/UL BWP에 대한 설정(configuration)을 수신하지 못할 수도 있다. 이러한 상황에서 UE가 가정하는 DL/UL BWP는 초기 활성 DL/UL BWP라고 한다.Meanwhile, the BS can configure one or more BWPs within one carrier configured for the UE. Alternatively, if UEs are concentrated in a specific BWP, some UEs can be moved to other BWPs for load balancing. Alternatively, considering frequency domain inter-cell interference cancellation between neighboring cells, etc., a portion of the spectrum in the middle of the entire bandwidth can be excluded and BWPs on both sides of the cell can be set in the same slot. In other words, the BS can set at least one DL/UL BWP to the UE associated with the wideband carrier, and at least one DL/UL BWP (physical) among the DL/UL BWP(s) set at a specific time. It can be activated (by L1 signaling, which is a layer control signal, MAC control element (CE), or RRC signaling, which is a MAC layer control signal) and switching to another configured DL/UL BWP (by L1 signaling, MAC). CE, or RRC signaling, etc.) or set a timer value so that the UE switches to a designated DL/UL BWP when the timer expires. An activated DL/UL BWP is specifically referred to as an active DL/UL BWP. In situations such as when the UE is in the process of initial access or before the UE's RRC connection is set up, the UE may not receive configuration for the DL/UL BWP. In this situation, the DL/UL BWP assumed by the UE is referred to as the initial active DL/UL BWP.
도 6은 일반적인 랜덤 엑세스 절차의 일례를 예시한다. 구체적으로 도 6는 단말의 4-Step을 포함하는 경쟁 기반 랜덤 엑세스 절차를 예시한다.Figure 6 illustrates an example of a general random access procedure. Specifically, Figure 6 illustrates a contention-based random access procedure including 4-Step of the terminal.
먼저, 단말이 랜덤 엑세스 프리앰블을 포함하는 메시지1(Msg1)를 PRACH를 통해 전송할 수 있다(예, 도 6(a)의 1701 참조). First, the terminal may transmit Message 1 (Msg1) including a random access preamble through PRACH (e.g., see 1701 in FIG. 6(a)).
서로 다른 길이를 가지는 랜덤 엑세스 프리앰블 시퀀스들이 지원될 수 있다. 긴 시퀀스 길이 839는 1.25 및 5 kHz의 부반송파 간격(subcarrier spacing)에 대해 적용되며, 짧은 시퀀스 길이 139는 15, 30, 60 및 120 kHz의 부반송파 간격에 대해 적용된다. Random access preamble sequences with different lengths may be supported. The long sequence length 839 applies for subcarrier spacings of 1.25 and 5 kHz, and the short sequence length 139 applies for subcarrier spacings of 15, 30, 60, and 120 kHz.
다수의 프리앰블 포맷들이 하나 또는 그 이상의 RACH OFDM 심볼들 및 서로 다른 순환 프리픽스(cyclic prefix) (및/또는 가드 시간(guard time))에 의해 정의된다. 셀을 위한 RACH Configuration이 셀의 시스템 정보에 포함되어 단말에게 제공된다. RACH Configuration은 PRACH의 부반송파 간격, 이용 가능한 프리앰블들, 프리앰블 포맷 등에 관한 정보를 포함한다. RACH Configuration은 SSB들과 RACH (시간-주파수) 자원들 간의 연관 정보를 포함한다. 단말은 검출한 혹은 선택한 SSB와 연관된 RACH 시간-주파수 자원에서 랜덤 엑세스 프리앰블을 전송한다.Multiple preamble formats are defined by one or more RACH OFDM symbols and different cyclic prefixes (and/or guard times). RACH Configuration for the cell is included in the cell's system information and provided to the terminal. RACH Configuration includes information about PRACH's subcarrier spacing, available preambles, preamble format, etc. RACH Configuration includes association information between SSBs and RACH (time-frequency) resources. The terminal transmits a random access preamble on the RACH time-frequency resource associated with the detected or selected SSB.
RACH 자원 연관을 위한 SSB의 임계값이 네트워크에 의해 설정될 수 있으며, SSB 기반으로 측정된 RSRP(reference signal received power)가 임계값을 충족하는 SSB를 기반으로 RACH 프리앰블의 전송 또는 재전송이 수행된다. 예를 들어, 단말은 임계값을 충족하는 SSB(s) 중 하나를 선택하고, 선택된 SSB에 연관된 RACH 자원을 기반으로 RACH 프리앰블을 전송 또는 재전송할 수 있다.The threshold of SSB for RACH resource association can be set by the network, and transmission or retransmission of the RACH preamble is performed based on the SSB in which the reference signal received power (RSRP) measured based on SSB meets the threshold. For example, the UE may select one of the SSB(s) that meets the threshold and transmit or retransmit the RACH preamble based on the RACH resource associated with the selected SSB.
기지국이 단말로부터 랜덤 엑세스 프리앰블을 수신하면, 기지국은 랜덤 엑세스 응답(random access response, RAR)에 해당하는 메시지2(Msg2)를 단말에 전송한다(예, 도 6(a)의 1703 참조). RAR을 나르는 PDSCH를 스케줄링하는 PDCCH는 RA-RNTI(random access-radio network temporary identifier)로 CRC 마스킹되어 전송된다. RA-RNTI로 마스킹된 PDCCH를 검출한 단말은 해당 PDCCH가 나르는 DCI가 스케줄링하는 PDSCH로부터 RAR을 수신할 수 있다. 단말은 자신이 전송한 프리앰블, 즉, Msg1에 대한 랜덤 엑세스 응답 정보가 RAR 내에 있는지 확인한다. 자신이 전송한 Msg1에 대한 랜덤 엑세스 정보가 존재하는지 여부는 해당 단말이 전송한 프리앰블에 대한 랜덤 엑세스 프리앰블 ID가 존재하는지 여부에 의해 판단될 수 있다. Msg1에 대한 응답이 없으면, 단말은 전력 램핑(power ramping)을 수행하면서 RACH 프리앰블을 소정의 횟수 이내에서 재전송할 수 있다. 단말은 가장 최근의 경로 손실 및 전력 램핑 카운터를 기반으로 프리앰블의 재전송에 대한 PRACH 전송 전력을 계산한다. When the base station receives a random access preamble from the terminal, the base station transmits message 2 (Msg2) corresponding to a random access response (RAR) to the terminal (e.g., see 1703 in FIG. 6(a)). The PDCCH scheduling the PDSCH carrying the RAR is transmitted with CRC masking using a random access-radio network temporary identifier (RA-RNTI). The terminal that detects the PDCCH masked with RA-RNTI can receive RAR from the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI carrying the corresponding PDCCH. The terminal checks whether the preamble it transmitted, that is, random access response information for Msg1, is within the RAR. Whether random access information for Msg1 transmitted by the terminal exists can be determined by whether a random access preamble ID exists for the preamble transmitted by the terminal. If there is no response to Msg1, the UE may retransmit the RACH preamble within a predetermined number of times while performing power ramping. The UE calculates the PRACH transmission power for retransmission of the preamble based on the most recent path loss and power ramping counter.
PDSCH 상에서 송신되는 랜덤 엑세스 응답 정보는 UL 동기화를 위한 타이밍 어드밴스 (TA) 정보, 초기 UL 그랜트 및 임시(temporary) C-RNTI(cell-RNTI)를 포함할 수 있다. TA 정보는 상향링크 신호 전송 타이밍을 제어하는 데 사용된다. 단말은 랜덤 엑세스 응답 정보를 기반으로 상향링크 공유 채널 상에서 UL 전송을 랜덤 엑세스 절차의 Msg3로서 전송할 수 있다(예, 도 6(a)의 1705 참조). Msg3은 RRC 연결 요청 및 단말 식별자를 포함할 수 있다. Msg3에 대한 응답으로서, 네트워크는 Msg4를 전송할 수 있으며, 이는 DL 상에서의 경쟁 해결 메시지로 취급될 수 있다(예, 도 4(a)의 1707 참조). Msg4를 수신함으로써, 단말은 RRC 연결된 상태에 진입할 수 있다.Random access response information transmitted on the PDSCH may include timing advance (TA) information for UL synchronization, an initial UL grant, and a temporary C-RNTI (cell-RNTI). TA information is used to control uplink signal transmission timing. The terminal may transmit UL transmission as Msg3 of the random access procedure on the uplink shared channel based on the random access response information (e.g., see 1705 in FIG. 6(a)). Msg3 may include an RRC connection request and a terminal identifier. In response to Msg3, the network may send Msg4, which may be treated as a contention resolution message on the DL (e.g., see 1707 in Figure 4(a)). By receiving Msg4, the terminal can enter the RRC connected state.
한편, 경쟁-프리(contention-free) 랜덤 엑세스 절차는 단말이 다른 셀 혹은 기지국으로 핸드오버 하는 과정에서 사용되거나, 기지국의 명령에 의해 요청되는 경우에 수행될 수 있다. 경쟁-프리 랜덤 엑세스 절차의 경우에는 단말이 사용할 프리앰블(이하 전용 랜덤 엑세스 프리앰블)이 기지국에 의해 할당된다. 전용 랜덤 엑세스 프리앰블에 대한 정보는 RRC 메시지(예, 핸드오버 명령)에 포함되거나 PDCCH 오더(order)를 통해 단말에게 제공될 수 있다. 랜덤 엑세스 절차가 개시되면 단말은 전용 랜덤 엑세스 프리앰블을 기지국에게 전송한다. 단말이 기지국으로부터 랜덤 엑세스 응답을 수신하면 랜덤 엑세스 절차는 완료(complete)된다.Meanwhile, the contention-free random access procedure can be used when the terminal hands over to another cell or base station, or can be performed when requested by a command from the base station. In the case of the contention-free random access procedure, the preamble to be used by the terminal (hereinafter referred to as dedicated random access preamble) is allocated by the base station. Information about the dedicated random access preamble may be included in an RRC message (eg, handover command) or provided to the terminal through the PDCCH order. When the random access procedure is initiated, the terminal transmits a dedicated random access preamble to the base station. When the terminal receives a random access response from the base station, the random access procedure is complete.
앞서 언급한 바와 같이 RAR 내 UL 그랜트는 단말에게 PUSCH 전송을 스케줄링한다. RAR 내 UL 그랜트에 의한 초기 UL 전송을 나르는 PUSCH는 Msg3 PUSCH로 칭하기도 한다. RAR UL 그랜트의 컨텐츠는 MSB에서 시작하여 LSB에서 끝나며, 표 4에서 주어진다. As mentioned earlier, the UL grant in RAR schedules PUSCH transmission to the UE. The PUSCH carrying the initial UL transmission by the UL grant within the RAR is also referred to as Msg3 PUSCH. The content of the RAR UL grant starts at the MSB and ends at the LSB, and is given in Table 4.
Figure PCTKR2023014993-appb-img-000001
Figure PCTKR2023014993-appb-img-000001
경쟁 프리 랜덤 엑세스 절차에서, RAR UL 그랜트 내 CSI 요청 필드는 단말이 비주기적 CSI 보고를 해당 PUSCH 전송에 포함시킬 것인지 여부를 지시한다. Msg3 PUSCH 전송을 위한 부반송파 간격은 RRC 파라미터에 의해 제공된다. 단말은 동일한 서비스 제공 셀의 동일한 상향링크 반송파 상에서 PRACH 및 Msg3 PUSCH을 전송하게 될 것이다. Msg3 PUSCH 전송을 위한 UL BWP는 SIB1(SystemInformationBlock1)에 의해 지시된다. In the contention-free random access procedure, the CSI request field in the RAR UL grant indicates whether the UE will include an aperiodic CSI report in the corresponding PUSCH transmission. The subcarrier spacing for Msg3 PUSCH transmission is provided by the RRC parameter. The UE will transmit PRACH and Msg3 PUSCH on the same uplink carrier in the same service providing cell. UL BWP for Msg3 PUSCH transmission is indicated by SIB1 (SystemInformationBlock1).
도 7은 슬롯 내에 물리 채널이 매핑되는 예를 도시한다.Figure 7 shows an example of mapping a physical channel within a slot.
도 7을 참조하면, DL 제어 영역에서는 PDCCH가 전송될 수 있고, DL 데이터 영역에서는 PDSCH가 전송될 수 있다. UL 제어 영역에서는 PUCCH가 전송될 수 있고, UL 데이터 영역에서는 PUSCH가 전송될 수 있다. GP는 기지국과 단말이 송신 모드에서 수신 모드로 전환하는 과정 또는 수신 모드에서 송신 모드로 전환하는 과정에서 시간 갭을 제공한다. 서브프레임 내에서 DL에서 UL로 전환되는 시점의 일부 심볼이 GP로 설정될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 7, PDCCH may be transmitted in the DL control area, and PDSCH may be transmitted in the DL data area. PUCCH may be transmitted in the UL control area, and PUSCH may be transmitted in the UL data area. GP provides a time gap during the process of the base station and the terminal switching from transmission mode to reception mode or from reception mode to transmission mode. Some symbols at the point of transition from DL to UL within a subframe may be set to GP.
이하, 각각의 물리 채널에 대해 보다 자세히 설명한다.Hereinafter, each physical channel will be described in more detail.
PDCCH는 DCI(Downlink Control Information)를 운반한다. 예를 들어, PCCCH (즉, DCI)는 DL-SCH(downlink shared channel)의 전송 포맷 및 자원 할당, UL-SCH(uplink shared channel)에 대한 자원 할당 정보, PCH(paging channel)에 대한 페이징 정보, DL-SCH 상의 시스템 정보, PDSCH 상에서 전송되는 랜덤 접속 응답과 같은 상위 계층 제어 메시지에 대한 자원 할당 정보, 전송 전력 제어 명령, CS(Configured Scheduling)의 활성화/해제 등을 나른다. DCI는 CRC(cyclic redundancy check)를 포함하며, CRC는 PDCCH의 소유자 또는 사용 용도에 따라 다양한 식별자(예, Radio Network Temporary Identifier, RNTI)로 마스킹/스크램블 된다. 예를 들어, PDCCH가 특정 단말을 위한 것이면, CRC는 단말 식별자(예, Cell-RNTI, C-RNTI)로 마스킹 된다. PDCCH가 페이징에 관한 것이면, CRC는 P-RNTI(Paging-RNTI)로 마스킹 된다. PDCCH가 시스템 정보(예, System Information Block, SIB)에 관한 것이면, CRC는 SI-RNTI(System Information RNTI)로 마스킹 된다. PDCCH가 랜덤 접속 응답에 관한 것이면, CRC는 RA-RNTI(Random Access-RNTI)로 마스킹 된다.PDCCH carries Downlink Control Information (DCI). For example, PCCCH (i.e., DCI) includes transmission format and resource allocation for downlink shared channel (DL-SCH), resource allocation information for uplink shared channel (UL-SCH), paging information for paging channel (PCH), It carries system information on the DL-SCH, resource allocation information for upper layer control messages such as random access responses transmitted on the PDSCH, transmission power control commands, activation/deactivation of CS (Configured Scheduling), etc. DCI includes a cyclic redundancy check (CRC), and the CRC is masked/scrambled with various identifiers (e.g. Radio Network Temporary Identifier, RNTI) depending on the owner or purpose of use of the PDCCH. For example, if the PDCCH is for a specific UE, the CRC is masked with the UE identifier (eg, Cell-RNTI, C-RNTI). If the PDCCH is related to paging, the CRC is masked with P-RNTI (Paging-RNTI). If the PDCCH is about system information (e.g., System Information Block, SIB), the CRC is masked with System Information RNTI (SI-RNTI). If the PDCCH relates to a random access response, the CRC is masked with Random Access-RNTI (RA-RNTI).
PDCCH는 AL(Aggregation Level)에 따라 1, 2, 4, 8, 16개의 CCE(Control Channel Element)로 구성된다. CCE는 무선 채널 상태에 따라 소정 부호율의 PDCCH를 제공하기 위해 사용되는 논리적 할당 단위이다. CCE는 6개의 REG(Resource Element Group)로 구성된다. REG는 하나의 OFDM 심볼과 하나의 (P)RB로 정의된다. PDCCH는 CORESET(Control Resource Set)를 통해 전송된다. CORESET는 주어진 뉴모놀로지(예, SCS, CP 길이 등)를 갖는 REG 세트로 정의된다. 하나의 단말을 위한 복수의 CORESET는 시간/주파수 도메인에서 중첩될 수 있다. CORESET는 시스템 정보(예, Master Information Block, MIB) 또는 단말-특정(UE-specific) 상위 계층(예, Radio Resource Control, RRC, layer) 시그널링을 통해 설정될 수 있다. 구체적으로, CORESET을 구성하는 RB 개수 및 OFDM 심볼 개수(최대 3개)가 상위 계층 시그널링에 의해 설정될 수 있다.PDCCH consists of 1, 2, 4, 8, or 16 CCE (Control Channel Elements) depending on AL (Aggregation Level). CCE is a logical allocation unit used to provide PDCCH of a certain code rate according to the wireless channel status. CCE consists of six REGs (Resource Element Groups). REG is defined as one OFDM symbol and one (P)RB. PDCCH is transmitted through CORESET (Control Resource Set). CORESET is defined as a set of REGs with a given pneumonology (e.g. SCS, CP length, etc.). Multiple CORESETs for one terminal may overlap in the time/frequency domain. CORESET can be set through system information (eg, Master Information Block, MIB) or UE-specific upper layer (eg, Radio Resource Control, RRC, layer) signaling. Specifically, the number of RBs and the number of OFDM symbols (maximum 3) constituting CORESET can be set by higher layer signaling.
PDCCH 수신/검출을 위해, 단말은 PDCCH 후보들을 모니터링 한다. PDCCH 후보는 PDCCH 검출을 위해 단말이 모니터링 해야 하는 CCE(들)을 나타낸다. 각 PDCCH 후보는 AL에 따라 1, 2, 4, 8, 16개의 CCE로 정의된다. 모니터링은 PDCCH 후보들을 (블라인드) 디코딩 하는 것을 포함한다. 단말이 모니터링 하는 PDCCH 후보들의 세트를 PDCCH 검색 공간(Search Space, SS)이라고 정의한다. 검색 공간은 공통 검색 공간(Common Search Space, CSS) 또는 단말-특정 검색 공간(UE-specific search space, USS)을 포함한다. 단말은 MIB 또는 상위 계층 시그널링에 의해 설정된 하나 이상의 검색 공간에서 PDCCH 후보를 모니터링 하여 DCI를 획득할 수 있다. 각각의 CORESET는 하나 이상의 검색 공간과 연관되고, 각 검색 공간은 하나의 COREST과 연관된다. 검색 공간은 다음의 파라미터들에 기초하여 정의될 수 있다.For PDCCH reception/detection, the UE monitors PDCCH candidates. The PDCCH candidate represents the CCE(s) that the UE must monitor for PDCCH detection. Each PDCCH candidate is defined as 1, 2, 4, 8, or 16 CCEs depending on the AL. Monitoring includes (blind) decoding of PDCCH candidates. The set of PDCCH candidates monitored by the UE is defined as the PDCCH Search Space (SS). The search space includes a common search space (CSS) or a UE-specific search space (USS). The UE can obtain DCI by monitoring PDCCH candidates in one or more search spaces set by MIB or higher layer signaling. Each CORESET is associated with one or more search spaces, and each search space is associated with one COREST. The search space can be defined based on the following parameters.
- controlResourceSetId: 검색 공간과 관련된 CORESET를 나타냄- controlResourceSetId: Indicates CORESET related to the search space
- monitoringSlotPeriodicityAndOffset: PDCCH 모니터링 주기 (슬롯 단위) 및 PDCCH 모니터링 구간 오프셋 (슬롯 단위)을 나타냄- monitoringSlotPeriodicityAndOffset: Indicates the PDCCH monitoring period (slot unit) and PDCCH monitoring section offset (slot unit)
- monitoringSymbolsWithinSlot: 슬롯 내 PDCCH 모니터링 심볼을 나타냄(예, CORESET의 첫 번째 심볼(들)을 나타냄)- monitoringSymbolsWithinSlot: Indicates the PDCCH monitoring symbols within the slot (e.g., indicates the first symbol(s) of CORESET)
- nrofCandidates: AL={1, 2, 4, 8, 16} 별 PDCCH 후보의 수 (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 중 하나의 값)를 나타냄- nrofCandidates: AL={1, 2, 4, 8, 16} Indicates the number of PDCCH candidates (one value among 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8)
* PDCCH 후보들을 모니터링을 해야 하는 기회(occasion)(예, 시간/주파수 자원)을 PDCCH (모니터링) 기회라고 정의된다. 슬롯 내에 하나 이상의 PDCCH (모니터링) 기회가 구성될 수 있다.* An opportunity to monitor PDCCH candidates (e.g., time/frequency resources) is defined as a PDCCH (monitoring) opportunity. One or more PDCCH (monitoring) opportunities may be configured within a slot.
표 5는 검색 공간 타입별 특징을 예시한다.Table 5 illustrates the characteristics of each search space type.
TypeType Search SpaceSearch Space RNTIRNTI Use CaseUse Case
Type0-PDCCHType0-PDCCH CommonCommon SI-RNTI on a primary cellSI-RNTI on a primary cell SIB DecodingSIB Decoding
Type0A-PDCCHType0A-PDCCH CommonCommon SI-RNTI on a primary cellSI-RNTI on a primary cell SIB DecodingSIB Decoding
Type1-PDCCHType1-PDCCH CommonCommon RA-RNTI or TC-RNTI on a primary cellRA-RNTI or TC-RNTI on a primary cell Msg2, Msg4 decoding in RACHMsg2, Msg4 decoding in RACH
Type2-PDCCHType2-PDCCH CommonCommon P-RNTI on a primary cellP-RNTI on a primary cell Paging DecodingPaging Decoding
Type3-PDCCHType3-PDCCH CommonCommon INT-RNTI, SFI-RNTI, TPC-PUSCH-RNTI, TPC-PUCCH-RNTI, TPC-SRS-RNTI, C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI, or CS-RNTI(s)INT-RNTI, SFI-RNTI, TPC-PUSCH-RNTI, TPC-PUCCH-RNTI, TPC-SRS-RNTI, C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI, or CS-RNTI(s)
UE SpecificUE Specific C-RNTI, or MCS-C-RNTI, or CS-RNTI(s)C-RNTI, or MCS-C-RNTI, or CS-RNTI(s) User specific PDSCH decodingUser specific PDSCH decoding
표 6는 PDCCH를 통해 전송되는 DCI 포맷들을 예시한다.Table 6 illustrates DCI formats transmitted through PDCCH.
DCI formatDCI format UsageUsage
0_00_0 Scheduling of PUSCH in one cellScheduling of PUSCH in one cell
0_10_1 Scheduling of PUSCH in one cellScheduling of PUSCH in one cell
1_01_0 Scheduling of PDSCH in one cellScheduling of PDSCH in one cell
1_11_1 Scheduling of PDSCH in one cellScheduling of PDSCH in one cell
2_02_0 Notifying a group of UEs of the slot formatNotifying a group of UEs of the slot format
2_12_1 Notifying a group of UEs of the PRB(s) and OFDM symbol(s) where UE may assume no transmission is intended for the UENotifying a group of UEs of the PRB(s) and OFDM symbol(s) where UE may assume no transmission is intended for the UE
2_22_2 Transmission of TPC commands for PUCCH and PUSCHTransmission of TPC commands for PUCCH and PUSCH
2_32_3 Transmission of a group of TPC commands for SRS transmissions by one or more UEsTransmission of a group of TPC commands for SRS transmissions by one or more UEs
DCI 포맷 0_0은 TB-기반 (또는 TB-level) PUSCH를 스케줄링 하기 위해 사용되고, DCI 포맷 0_1은 TB-기반 (또는 TB-level) PUSCH 또는 CBG(Code Block Group)-기반 (또는 CBG-level) PUSCH를 스케줄링 하기 위해 사용될 수 있다. DCI 포맷 1_0은 TB-기반 (또는 TB-level) PDSCH를 스케줄링 하기 위해 사용되고, DCI 포맷 1_1은 TB-기반 (또는 TB-level) PDSCH 또는 CBG-기반 (또는 CBG-level) PDSCH를 스케줄링 하기 위해 사용될 수 있다(DL grant DCI). DCI 포맷 0_0/0_1은 UL grant DCI 또는 UL 스케줄링 정보로 지칭되고, DCI 포맷 1_0/1_1은 DL grant DCI 또는 UL 스케줄링 정보로 지칭될 수 있다. DCI 포맷 2_0은 동적 슬롯 포맷 정보 (예, dynamic SFI)를 단말에게 전달하기 위해 사용되고, DCI 포맷 2_1은 하향링크 선취 (pre-Emption) 정보를 단말에게 전달하기 위해 사용된다. DCI 포맷 2_0 및/또는 DCI 포맷 2_1은 하나의 그룹으로 정의된 단말들에게 전달되는 PDCCH인 그룹 공통 PDCCH (Group common PDCCH)를 통해 해당 그룹 내 단말들에게 전달될 수 있다.DCI format 0_0 is used to schedule TB-based (or TB-level) PUSCH, and DCI format 0_1 is used to schedule TB-based (or TB-level) PUSCH or CBG (Code Block Group)-based (or CBG-level) PUSCH. Can be used to schedule. DCI format 1_0 is used to schedule a TB-based (or TB-level) PDSCH, and DCI format 1_1 is used to schedule a TB-based (or TB-level) PDSCH or CBG-based (or CBG-level) PDSCH. (DL grant DCI). DCI format 0_0/0_1 may be referred to as UL grant DCI or UL scheduling information, and DCI format 1_0/1_1 may be referred to as DL grant DCI or UL scheduling information. DCI format 2_0 is used to deliver dynamic slot format information (e.g., dynamic SFI) to the terminal, and DCI format 2_1 is used to deliver downlink pre-emption information to the terminal. DCI format 2_0 and/or DCI format 2_1 can be delivered to terminals within the group through group common PDCCH, which is a PDCCH delivered to terminals defined as one group.
DCI 포맷 0_0과 DCI 포맷 1_0은 폴백(fallback) DCI 포맷으로 지칭되고, DCI 포맷 0_1과 DCI 포맷 1_1은 논-폴백 DCI 포맷으로 지칭될 수 있다. 폴백 DCI 포맷은 단말 설정과 관계없이 DCI 사이즈/필드 구성이 동일하게 유지된다. 반면, 논-폴백 DCI 포맷은 단말 설정에 따라 DCI 사이즈/필드 구성이 달라진다.DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 1_0 may be referred to as a fallback DCI format, and DCI format 0_1 and DCI format 1_1 may be referred to as a non-fallback DCI format. In the fallback DCI format, the DCI size/field configuration remains the same regardless of terminal settings. On the other hand, in the non-fallback DCI format, the DCI size/field configuration varies depending on the terminal settings.
PDSCH는 하향링크 데이터(예, DL-SCH transport block, DL-SCH TB)를 운반하고, QPSK(Quadrature Phase Shift Keying), 16 QAM(Quadrature Amplitude Modulation), 64 QAM, 256 QAM 등의 변조 방법이 적용된다. TB를 인코딩하여 코드워드(codeword)가 생성된다. PDSCH는 최대 2개의 코드워드를 나를 수 있다. 코드워드 별로 스크램블링(scrambling) 및 변조 매핑(modulation mapping)이 수행되고, 각 코드워드로부터 생성된 변조 심볼들은 하나 이상의 레이어로 매핑될 수 있다. 각 레이어는 DMRS(Demodulation Reference Signal)과 함께 자원에 매핑되어 OFDM 심볼 신호로 생성되고, 해당 안테나 포트를 통해 전송된다.PDSCH carries downlink data (e.g., DL-SCH transport block, DL-SCH TB), and modulation methods such as QPSK (Quadrature Phase Shift Keying), 16 QAM (Quadrature Amplitude Modulation), 64 QAM, and 256 QAM are applied. do. A codeword is generated by encoding TB. PDSCH can carry up to two codewords. Scrambling and modulation mapping are performed for each codeword, and modulation symbols generated from each codeword may be mapped to one or more layers. Each layer is mapped to resources along with DMRS (Demodulation Reference Signal), generated as an OFDM symbol signal, and transmitted through the corresponding antenna port.
PUCCH는 UCI(Uplink Control Information)를 나른다. UCI는 다음을 포함한다.PUCCH carries UCI (Uplink Control Information). UCI includes:
- SR(Scheduling Request): UL-SCH 자원을 요청하는데 사용되는 정보이다.- SR (Scheduling Request): Information used to request UL-SCH resources.
- HARQ(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest)-ACK(Acknowledgement): PDSCH 상의 하향링크 데이터 패킷(예, 코드워드)에 대한 응답이다. 하향링크 데이터 패킷이 성공적으로 수신되었는지 여부를 나타낸다. 단일 코드워드에 대한 응답으로 HARQ-ACK 1비트가 전송되고, 두 개의 코드워드에 대한 응답으로 HARQ-ACK 2비트가 전송될 수 있다. HARQ-ACK 응답은 포지티브 ACK(간단히, ACK), 네거티브 ACK(NACK), DTX 또는 NACK/DTX를 포함한다. 여기서, HARQ-ACK은 HARQ ACK/NACK, ACK/NACK과 혼용된다.- HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest)-ACK (Acknowledgement): A response to a downlink data packet (e.g., codeword) on the PDSCH. Indicates whether the downlink data packet has been successfully received. 1 bit of HARQ-ACK may be transmitted in response to a single codeword, and 2 bits of HARQ-ACK may be transmitted in response to two codewords. The HARQ-ACK response includes positive ACK (simply ACK), negative ACK (NACK), DTX or NACK/DTX. Here, HARQ-ACK is used interchangeably with HARQ ACK/NACK and ACK/NACK.
- CSI(Channel State Information): 하향링크 채널에 대한 피드백 정보이다. MIMO(Multiple Input Multiple Output)-관련 피드백 정보는 RI(Rank Indicator) 및 PMI(Precoding Matrix Indicator)를 포함한다.- CSI (Channel State Information): Feedback information about the downlink channel. Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO)-related feedback information includes a Rank Indicator (RI) and a Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI).
PUSCH는 상향링크 데이터(예, UL-SCH transport block, UL-SCH TB) 및/또는 상향링크 제어 정보(UCI)를 운반하고, CP-OFDM(Cyclic Prefix - Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) 파형(waveform) 또는 DFT-s-OFDM(Discrete Fourier Transform - spread - Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) 파형에 기초하여 전송된다. PUSCH가 DFT-s-OFDM 파형에 기초하여 전송되는 경우, 단말은 변환 프리코딩(transform precoding)을 적용하여 PUSCH를 전송한다. 일 예로, 변환 프리코딩이 불가능한 경우(예, transform precoding is disabled) 단말은 CP-OFDM 파형에 기초하여 PUSCH를 전송하고, 변환 프리코딩이 가능한 경우(예, transform precoding is enabled), 단말은 CP-OFDM 파형 또는 DFT-s-OFDM 파형에 기초하여 PUSCH를 전송할 수 있다. PUSCH 전송은 DCI 내 UL 그랜트에 의해 동적으로 스케줄링 되거나, 상위 계층(예, RRC) 시그널링 (및/또는 Layer 1(L1) 시그널링(예, PDCCH))에 기초하여 반-정적(semi-static)으로 스케줄링 될 수 있다(configured grant). PUSCH 전송은 코드북 기반 또는 비-코드북 기반으로 수행될 수 있다. PUSCH carries uplink data (e.g., UL-SCH transport block, UL-SCH TB) and/or uplink control information (UCI), and uses CP-OFDM (Cyclic Prefix - Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) waveform or It is transmitted based on the DFT-s-OFDM (Discrete Fourier Transform - spread - Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) waveform. When the PUSCH is transmitted based on the DFT-s-OFDM waveform, the terminal transmits the PUSCH by applying transform precoding. For example, if transform precoding is not possible (e.g., transform precoding is disabled), the terminal transmits PUSCH based on the CP-OFDM waveform, and if transform precoding is possible (e.g., transform precoding is enabled), the terminal transmits CP-OFDM. PUSCH can be transmitted based on the OFDM waveform or the DFT-s-OFDM waveform. PUSCH transmission is scheduled dynamically by UL grant within DCI, or semi-statically based on upper layer (e.g., RRC) signaling (and/or Layer 1 (L1) signaling (e.g., PDCCH)). Can be scheduled (configured grant). PUSCH transmission can be performed based on codebook or non-codebook.
Narrower DL BWP for System Information and PagingNarrower DL BWP for System Information and Paging
최근 5G main use case들(mMTC, eMBB 그리고 URLLC) 외에, mMTC와 eMBB, 또는 mMTC와 URLLC에 걸친 use case 영역에 대한 중요도/관심도가 높아지고 있다. 이러한 use case 들은 connected industries, smart city, wearables 등을 포함할 수 있다. 상기의 use case 들을 무선 통신 시스템에서 단말기 비용/복잡도, 전력소모 등의 관점에서 보다 효율적으로 지원하기 위해서 종래의 NR 단말기와 구분되는 새로운 타입의 단말기가 도입된 바 있다. 이러한 새로운 타입의 단말기를 Reduced Capability NR 단말기(이하 RedCap UE/단말기, 또는 RedCap으로 칭함)로 칭하기로 하고, 이와 구분하기 위해서 종래의 NR 단말기를 non-RedCap UE/단말기, 또는 non-RedCap으로 칭하기로 한다. RedCap 단말기는 non-RedCap 단말기 대비 저렴하고, 전력소모가 작은 특징이 있으며, 상세하게는 다음과 같은 특징 들의 전부 또는 일부를 가질 수 있다.Recently, in addition to the 5G main use cases (mMTC, eMBB, and URLLC), the importance/interest in the use case area spanning mMTC and eMBB, or mMTC and URLLC, is increasing. These use cases may include connected industries, smart cities, wearables, etc. In order to support the above use cases more efficiently in terms of terminal cost/complexity, power consumption, etc. in a wireless communication system, a new type of terminal that is distinct from the conventional NR terminal has been introduced. This new type of terminal will be called a Reduced Capability NR terminal (hereinafter referred to as RedCap UE/terminal, or RedCap), and to distinguish it from this, the conventional NR terminal will be called a non-RedCap UE/terminal, or non-RedCap. do. RedCap terminals are cheaper than non-RedCap terminals and have lower power consumption. In detail, they may have all or part of the following features.
A. 복잡도 감소 관련 특징:A. Features related to complexity reduction:
- Reduced maximum UE 대역폭(Bandwidth)- Reduced maximum UE bandwidth (Bandwidth)
- Reduced number of UE RX/TX branches/antennas- Reduced number of UE RX/TX branches/antennas
- Half-Duplex-FDD- Half-Duplex-FDD
- Relaxed UE 프로세싱 시간- Relaxed UE processing time
- Relaxed UE 프로세싱 능력(processing capability)- Relaxed UE processing capability
B. Power saving 관련 특징:B. Power saving related features:
- Extended DRX for RRC 비활성 및/또는 휴지(Inactive and/or Idle)- Extended DRX for RRC Inactive and/or Idle
- RRM relaxation for stationary devices- RRM relaxation for stationary devices
상기의 특징을 가지는 Redcap 단말기의 target use case 들은 다음을 포함할 수 있다:Target use cases for Redcap terminals with the above features may include:
1) Connected industries1) Connected industries
- 5G 네트워크 및 core에 연결된 센서들 및 엑츄에이터들 - Sensors and actuators connected to the 5G network and core
- massive IWSN (Industrial Wireless Sensor Network) - massive IWSN (Industrial Wireless Sensor Network)
- 요구 사항이 매우 높은 URLLC 서비스뿐만 아니라 배터리 수명이 몇 년인 소형 장치 폼 팩터를 요구하는 비교적 저가형 서비스 - Very demanding URLLC services as well as relatively low-cost services requiring small device form factors with several years of battery life
- 이러한 서비스에 대한 요구 사항은 LPWA(Low Power Wide Area, 즉 LTE-M/NB-IOT)보다 높지만 URLCC 및 eMBB보다 낮음 - The requirements for these services are higher than LPWA (Low Power Wide Area, i.e. LTE-M/NB-IOT) but lower than URLCC and eMBB
- 압력 센서, 습도 센서, 온도계, 모션 센서, 가속도계, 액추에이터 등 - Pressure sensor, humidity sensor, thermometer, motion sensor, accelerometer, actuator, etc.
2) 스마트 시티2) Smart city
- 도시 자원을 보다 효율적으로 모니터링 및 제어하고 서비스를 제공하기 위한 데이터 수집 및 처리 - Data collection and processing to more efficiently monitor and control city resources and provide services
- 스마트 시티뿐만 아니라 공장 및 산업체의 필수적인 감시 카메라 - Essential surveillance cameras in smart cities as well as factories and industries
3) Wearables3) Wearables
- 스마트 워치, 반지, eHealth 관련 기기, 의료 모니터링 기기 등 - Smart watches, rings, eHealth-related devices, medical monitoring devices, etc.
- 소형 장치 등 - Small devices, etc.
RedCap 단말기는 non-RedCap 단말기 대비 송수신 성능이 떨어질 수 있다. 단말기 대역폭 감소에 의한 frequency diversity 성능 감소가 주요 원인인데, 지원하는 단말기 대역폭이 감소할수록 성능 감소 폭이 더욱 커지게 된다. RedCap terminals may have lower transmission and reception performance than non-RedCap terminals. The main cause is a decrease in frequency diversity performance due to a decrease in terminal bandwidth. As the supported terminal bandwidth decreases, the performance decrease becomes greater.
한편, RedCap 주요 use case 들인 wearables, massive wireless sensors 등을 고려하면, 협소한 대역폭을 통해서 massive connection을 지원해야 하기 때문에 traffic congestion 문제가 예상된다. Meanwhile, considering RedCap's main use cases, such as wearables and massive wireless sensors, traffic congestion problems are expected because massive connections must be supported through a narrow bandwidth.
상기의 문제점 들을 해결하기 위한, 즉 단말기 frequency hopping (이하 FH)을 지원하고, traffic offloading (이하 TO)을 지원하는 방법을 제안한다. To solve the above problems, we propose a method that supports terminal frequency hopping (hereinafter referred to as FH) and traffic offloading (hereinafter referred to as TO).
본 명세서에서 '()'는 () 안의 내용을 제외하는 경우와 괄호 안의 내용을 포함하는 경우 모두로 해석될 수 있다. 본 명세서에서 '/'는 /로 구분된 내용을 모두 포함(and)하거나 구분된 내용 중 일부만 포함(or)하는 것을 의미할 수 있다.In this specification, '()' can be interpreted both as excluding the content in () and including the content in parentheses. In this specification, '/' may mean including (and) all of the content separated by / or including (or) only part of the separated content.
복수의 RedCap UE type과 BWP 방식Multiple RedCap UE types and BWP method
본 명세서에서 다음과 같은 서로 다른 복수의 RedCap UE type을 지원한다. 특히, 최소 다음 2가지 type을 지원한다.In this specification, a plurality of different RedCap UE types are supported as follows. In particular, at least the following two types are supported.
(1) Rel.17 RedCap 단말 (이하, Rel.17 R-단말): 20MHz BWP를 지원하는 Rel.17 R-단말(1) Rel.17 RedCap terminal (hereinafter, Rel.17 R-terminal): Rel.17 R-terminal supporting 20MHz BWP
(2) Rel.18 RedCap 단말 (이하, Rel.18 R-단말): 5MHz BWP (혹은 5MHz sub-BWP 혹은 5MHz BW location)를 지원하는 Rel.18 R-단말(2) Rel.18 RedCap terminal (hereinafter, Rel.18 R-terminal): Rel.18 R-terminal supporting 5MHz BWP (or 5MHz sub-BWP or 5MHz BW location)
1) Option BW1: 단말의 RF 및 BB (BaseBand) 대역폭들이 모두 UL/DL에 대해서 5 MHz를 지원. 1) Option BW1: Both RF and BB (BaseBand) bandwidths of the terminal support 5 MHz for UL/DL.
2) Option BW2: 단말은 모든 UL/DL 신호/채널들에 대해서 5 MHz BB bandwidth 및 20 MHz RF bandwidth를 지원. 2) Option BW2: The terminal supports 5 MHz BB bandwidth and 20 MHz RF bandwidth for all UL/DL signals/channels.
3) Option BW3: PDSCH (unicast/broadcast PDSCH) 및 PUSCH에 대해서는 5 MHz BB bandwidth만 지원되고, UL/DL 20 MHz RF bandwidth가 지원됨. 단, 다른 물리적 채널 및 신호에 대해서 최대 20MHz UE RF+BB 대역폭까지 지원됨. 3) Option BW3: For PDSCH (unicast/broadcast PDSCH) and PUSCH, only 5 MHz BB bandwidth is supported, and UL/DL 20 MHz RF bandwidth is supported. However, up to 20MHz UE RF+BB bandwidth is supported for other physical channels and signals.
본 명세서에서 Rel.18 PDSCH 혹은 DCI는 Rel.18 R-단말을 위한 PDSCH 혹은 DCI를 의미할 수 있다. 또한, Rel-17 PDSCH 혹은 legacy PDSCH 혹은 pre-Rel.18 PDSCH는 Rel.17 R-단말 혹은 release와 관계없이 non-RedCap 단말을 위한 PDSCH를 의미할 수 있고, Rel-17 DCI혹은 legacy DCI혹은 pre-Rel.18 DCI는 Rel.17 R-단말 혹은 release와 관계없이 non-RedCap 단말을 위한 DCI를 의미할 수 있다.In this specification, Rel.18 PDSCH or DCI may mean PDSCH or DCI for Rel.18 R-terminal. In addition, Rel-17 PDSCH or legacy PDSCH or pre-Rel.18 PDSCH may mean Rel.17 R-terminal or PDSCH for non-RedCap terminal regardless of release, and Rel-17 DCI or legacy DCI or pre-Rel. -Rel.18 DCI may mean Rel.17 R-terminal or DCI for non-RedCap terminal regardless of release.
본 명세서에서 Rel.18 R-단말을 위한 BWP는 sub-BWP 혹은 BW location으로 대체될 수 있고, 크기는 5 MHz이거나 그 이하의 size일 수 있다.In this specification, BWP for Rel.18 R-terminal can be replaced with sub-BWP or BW location, and the size can be 5 MHz or smaller.
도 8은 일 실시예에 따른 신호 송수신 방법의 흐름을 도시한다. Figure 8 shows the flow of a signal transmission and reception method according to an embodiment.
도 8을 참조하면 단말은 시스템 정보를 수신할 수 있다(805). 상기 단말은 초기 BWP를 설정할 수 있다(810). 상기 단말은 기지국으로부터 페이징 신호를 수신할 수 있고(815), 상기 기지국으로부터 초기 접속을 위한 RACH 절차를 수행할 수 있다(820).Referring to Figure 8, the terminal can receive system information (805). The terminal can set an initial BWP (810). The terminal can receive a paging signal from the base station (815) and perform a RACH procedure for initial access from the base station (820).
구체적으로, 단말은 RRC_IDLE 또는 RRC_INACTIVE 상태인 경우에 보통 하나의 초기 (initial) BWP를 설정/활성화하고, 활성화 상태인 초기 BWP를 통해 초기 접속 (initial access) 절차/과정을 수행할 수 있다. R18 RedCap 단말을 위해, 기지국은 일반 단말을 위한 초기 BWP 및/또는 R17 RedCap 단말을 위한 R17-초기 BWP를 N개의 5Mhz로 나누어 PDSCH를 할당할 수 있다. 예컨대, R18 RedCap 단말이 5Mhz까지의 PDSCH 전송만 수신할 수 있는 경우, 20Mhz 초기 BWP을 N개의 5Mhz인 sub-BWP로 나누고 시스템 정보 전송 및/또는 페이징 전송을 위해서 20 Mhz 초기 BWP의 하나 또는 복수의 특정 5Mhz 서브-BWP를 통해 Rel-18 PDSCH(들)을 전송할 수 있다.Specifically, when in the RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state, the terminal usually sets/activates one initial BWP and can perform an initial access procedure/process through the initial BWP in the activated state. For an R18 RedCap UE, the base station can allocate a PDSCH by dividing the initial BWP for a general UE and/or the R17-initial BWP for an R17 RedCap UE into N 5Mhz. For example, if the R18 RedCap terminal can only receive PDSCH transmission up to 5Mhz, the 20Mhz initial BWP is divided into N 5Mhz sub-BWPs and one or more of the 20Mhz initial BWP is used for system information transmission and/or paging transmission. Rel-18 PDSCH(s) can be transmitted through a specific 5Mhz sub-BWP.
한편, 상기 R18 RedCap 단말은 상기 20 Mhz 초기 BWP 또는 일반 단말을 위한 초기 BWP 내에서 구분된 복수의 5Mhz 서브-BWP들을 명시적으로 설정 받거나, 복수의 5Mhz 서브-BWP들에 대한 명시적인 구분 설정 없이 상기 20 Mhz 초기 BWP 또는 일반 단말을 위한 초기 BWP 내에서 5Mhz의 서브-BWP (이하, 대역폭)에 대응하는 주파수 자원을 할당 받을 수도 있다. 이하에서는, 설명의 편의를 위해, 상기 R18 RedCap 단말이 특정 BWP 내에서 구분된 복수의 5Mhz 서브-BWP들을 설정 받는 것으로 가정하여 설명하나, 이에 한정되지 않고 명시적인 구분 설정 없이 자원 할당 방식을 통해 5Mhz의 서브-BWP 또는 5Mhz의 주파수 대역폭을 지시 받는 경우도 당연히 적용될 수 있다.Meanwhile, the R18 RedCap terminal is explicitly set to a plurality of 5Mhz sub-BWPs within the 20 Mhz initial BWP or the initial BWP for a general terminal, or without explicitly setting a division for a plurality of 5Mhz sub-BWPs. Within the 20 Mhz initial BWP or initial BWP for general terminals, frequency resources corresponding to a 5 Mhz sub-BWP (hereinafter referred to as bandwidth) may be allocated. Hereinafter, for convenience of explanation, it is assumed that the R18 RedCap terminal receives a plurality of 5Mhz sub-BWPs divided within a specific BWP, but is not limited to this and 5Mhz through a resource allocation method without explicit division settings. Of course, it can also be applied if a sub-BWP or a frequency bandwidth of 5Mhz is indicated.
하나 또는 복수의 sub-BWP를 설정 받는 방식How to set up one or multiple sub-BWPs
도 9는 하나의 BWP에 복수의 sub-BWP들을 설정하는 방법을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.Figure 9 is a diagram for explaining a method of setting multiple sub-BWPs in one BWP.
도 9를 참조하면, RRC_CONNECTED 상태의 단말은 하나의 BWP에 대해 4개까지의 단말 전용 BWP들 (또는, sub-BWP들)이 설정될 수 있다. 이 경우, 상기 단말은 4 개의 sub-BWP들 중에서 하나의 sub-BWP만을 활성화할 수 있다. 예컨대, 기지국은 단말에 대한 특정 BWP k에 대해서 N개까지의 sub-BWP들을 설정할 수 있다. (N =1, 2, 3, 4쪋). 이때, sub-BWP들은 도 9에 도시된 바와 같이 서로 오버랩되지 않도록 설정 (non-overlapped sub-BWP들)되거나, 전체/일부에서 오버랩 (overlapped)되도록 설정될 수도 있다.Referring to FIG. 9, a UE in the RRC_CONNECTED state can have up to 4 UE-only BWPs (or sub-BWPs) set for one BWP. In this case, the terminal can activate only one sub-BWP among four sub-BWPs. For example, the base station can configure up to N sub-BWPs for a specific BWP k for the terminal. (N = 1, 2, 3, 4). At this time, the sub-BWPs may be set to not overlap each other (non-overlapped sub-BWPs), as shown in FIG. 9, or may be set to overlap in whole/part.
예컨대, 상기 하나의 BWP가 8 Mhz BWP인 경우, 상기 sub-BWP들은 8 Mhz 내에서 서로 오버랩되지 않도록 5Mhz sub-BWP와 3Mhz sub-BWP로 구성될 수 있다. 또는, 상기 sub-BWP들은 8 Mhz BWP 내에서 서로 오버랩되지 않는 4Mhz sub-BWP와 4Mhz sub-BWP로 설정되거나, 일부 오버랩된 5Mhz sub-BWP와 5Mhz sub-BWP로 설정될 수도 있다. 이때, 각 sub-BWP는 다음과 같은 방식으로 설정될 수 있다.For example, when the one BWP is an 8 Mhz BWP, the sub-BWPs may be composed of a 5 Mhz sub-BWP and a 3 Mhz sub-BWP so that they do not overlap each other within 8 Mhz. Alternatively, the sub-BWPs may be set to 4Mhz sub-BWP and 4Mhz sub-BWP that do not overlap each other within the 8 Mhz BWP, or may be set to 5Mhz sub-BWP and 5Mhz sub-BWP that partially overlap. At this time, each sub-BWP can be set in the following manner.
(1) 방식1: 기지국은 각 sub-BWP별로 시작 (starting) PRB 및 PRB 수 (연속된 PRB들)을 지시할 수 있다. sub-BWP의 시작 PRB는 sub-BWP와 연결된 특정 BWP의 시작 PRB에 대한 상대적인 오프셋을 통해 지시/설정될 수 있다.(1) Method 1: The base station can indicate the starting PRB and number of PRBs (consecutive PRBs) for each sub-BWP. The start PRB of a sub-BWP may be indicated/set through a relative offset to the start PRB of a specific BWP connected to the sub-BWP.
(2) 방식2: 기지국은 특정 BWP에 대해 sub-BWP 개수 N을 지시하여 N값에 따라 sub-BWP들을 설정할 수도 있다. 특정 BWP를 구성하는 M개 PRB들을 N개의 sub-BWP로 나눌 경우, 각각의 sub-BWP는 Ceiling (M/N) 또는 Floor (M/N) 값만큼의 PRB들로 구성되도록 설정될 수 있다.(2) Method 2: The base station may indicate the number N of sub-BWPs for a specific BWP and set sub-BWPs according to the value of N. When dividing the M PRBs constituting a specific BWP into N sub-BWPs, each sub-BWP can be set to consist of PRBs equal to the Ceiling (M/N) or Floor (M/N) value.
- 예컨대, 각각의 sub-BWP는 Ceiling (M/N)에 기반하여 산출된 PRB의 개수의 PRB들로 구성될 수 있다. 예컨대, M=5, N=2인 경우에 Ceiling (M/N) = 3이므로, 각각의 sub-BWP는 3개의 PRB들로 구성되고, 특정 BWP의 5개 PRB들 중에서 아래 3개의 PRB들 (즉, 상대적으로 낮은 PRB 인덱스를 갖는 3개의 PRB들)은 첫 번째 sub-BWP로 할당되고, 위 3개의 PRB들 (즉, 상대적으로 높은 PRB 인덱스를 갖는 3개의 PRB들)은 두 번째 sub-BWP에 할당된다. 이 경우, 상기 특정 BWP의 3번째 PRB는 두 개의 sub-BWP가 겹치는 주파수 자원으로 설정될 수 있다.- For example, each sub-BWP may be composed of PRBs with the number of PRBs calculated based on Ceiling (M/N). For example, when M=5, N=2, Ceiling (M/N) = 3, so each sub-BWP consists of 3 PRBs, and among the 5 PRBs of a specific BWP, the following 3 PRBs ( That is, the three PRBs with a relatively low PRB index) are assigned to the first sub-BWP, and the above three PRBs (i.e., three PRBs with a relatively high PRB index) are assigned to the second sub-BWP. is assigned to In this case, the 3rd PRB of the specific BWP may be set to a frequency resource where two sub-BWPs overlap.
- 또는, 각각의 sub-BWP는 Floor (M/N)에 기반하여 산출된 PRB의 개수의 PRB들로 구성될 수 있다. 혹은 가령, M=5, N=2인 경우에 Floor (M/N) = 2이므로, 각각의 sub-BWP는 2개의 PRB들로 구성되고, 상기 특정 BWP의 5개 PRB들에서 아래 2개의 PRB들 (즉, 상대적으로 낮은 PRB 인덱스를 갖는 2개의 PRB들)은 첫 번째 sub-BWP로 할당되고, 위 2개의 PRB들 (즉, 상대적으로 높은 PRB 인덱스를 갖는 2개의 PRB들)은 두 번째 sub-BWP에 할당된다. 이때, 상기 특정 BWP의 3번째 PRB는 어떤 sub-BWP에도 속하지 않는 가드 주파수 자원 (또는, guard band)로 설정될 수 있다.- Alternatively, each sub-BWP may be composed of PRBs with the number of PRBs calculated based on Floor (M/N). Or, for example, in the case of M = 5, N = 2, Floor (M/N) = 2, so each sub-BWP consists of 2 PRBs, and from the 5 PRBs of the specific BWP, the following 2 PRBs (i.e., two PRBs with a relatively low PRB index) are assigned to the first sub-BWP, and the above two PRBs (i.e., two PRBs with a relatively high PRB index) are assigned to the second sub-BWP. -Assigned to BWP. At this time, the 3rd PRB of the specific BWP may be set as a guard frequency resource (or guard band) that does not belong to any sub-BWP.
또는, 특정 BWP에 둘 이상의 sub-BWP들이 설정된 경우, RRC 메시지 (또는, MAC CE, 또는 DCI)를 통해 특정 sub-BWP가 first active sub-BWP (또는, default sub-BWP, initial sub-BWP, default BW location 또는 associated sub-BWP)로 지정될 수 있다. 이와 같이, 특정 셀의 특정 BWP에서 first active sub-BWP가 설정된 경우, 단말은 특정 BWP의 first active sub-BWP를 활성화/설정하거나 특정 BWP의 first active sub-BWP로 BWP의 스위칭할 수 있다. 이후, 단말은 특정 UL BWP에 대해 지시/설정된 first active sub-BWP에서 PUSCH를 전송하고, 특정 DL BWP에 대해 지시/설정된 first active sub-BWP에서 PDCCH 및/또는 PDSCH를 수신할 수 있다.Alternatively, when two or more sub-BWPs are configured for a specific BWP, the specific sub-BWP is set as the first active sub-BWP (or default sub-BWP, initial sub-BWP, It can be specified as default BW location or associated sub-BWP). In this way, when the first active sub-BWP is set in a specific BWP in a specific cell, the terminal can activate/set the first active sub-BWP of the specific BWP or switch the BWP to the first active sub-BWP of the specific BWP. Afterwards, the UE may transmit PUSCH in the first active sub-BWP indicated/configured for a specific UL BWP and receive PDCCH and/or PDSCH in the first active sub-BWP indicated/configured for a specific DL BWP.
Initial access시 UL/DL sub-BWP 선택 방식UL/DL sub-BWP selection method during initial access
RRC_IDLE 또는 RRC_INACTIVE 상태인 단말은 초기 접속을 통해 RRC_CONNECTED 모드로 전환할 수 있다. 또는, 단말이 RLF (Radio Link Failure) 등을 원인으로 RRC 재-수립 (re-establishment) 과정을 수행할 경우, 상가 단말은 초기 접속 절차를 수행할 수 있다. 또는, 상기 단말은 핸드-오버와 같이 모빌리티 (mobility) 과정을 통해 타겟 셀 (target cell)로 초기 접속 절차를 수행할 수 있다.A terminal in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state can switch to RRC_CONNECTED mode through initial connection. Alternatively, when the terminal performs an RRC re-establishment process due to RLF (Radio Link Failure), etc., the commercial terminal may perform an initial connection procedure. Alternatively, the terminal may perform an initial access procedure to the target cell through a mobility process such as hand-over.
이와 같은, 초기 접속 절차인 RACH를 수행할 경우, 단말은 먼저 초기 DL/UL BWP를 선택하고, 상기 초기 UL BWP의 sub-BWP를 선택하며, 상기 선택된 상기 초기 UL BWP의 sub-BWP 에서 PRACH 프리앰블 및/또는 MSG3 (또는, MSG A) PUSCH 전송을 수행할 수 있다. 상기 단말은 초기 DL BWP에 대해서도 sub-BWP를 선택하여 MSG2 (또는, MSG B) 및/또는 MSG4 PDCCH/PDSCH를 수신할 수 있다. 이후 상기 단말은 별도의 재설정 (reconfiguration) 메시지가 수신되기 전까지 선택한 sub-BWP (또는, 초기 sub-BWP)를 통해 DL 수신/UL 전송을 수행할 수 있다.When performing RACH, which is such an initial access procedure, the terminal first selects an initial DL/UL BWP, selects a sub-BWP of the initial UL BWP, and transmits the PRACH preamble in the sub-BWP of the selected initial UL BWP. And/or MSG3 (or MSG A) PUSCH transmission may be performed. The terminal can select sub-BWP for the initial DL BWP and receive MSG2 (or MSG B) and/or MSG4 PDCCH/PDSCH. Thereafter, the terminal can perform DL reception/UL transmission through the selected sub-BWP (or initial sub-BWP) until a separate reconfiguration message is received.
이 때, R18 R-단말은 기존 단말들과 다른 별도의 초기 (sub) BWP가 설정될 수 있고, 별도의 초기 BWP가 없을 경우에 R17 R-단말에 대해 설정된 초기 BWP를 선택할 수 있다. 만일 R17/18 R-단말 용 초기 BWP가 설정되지 않은 경우, R18 R-단말은 일반 단말에 대해 설정된 초기 BWP를 선택할 수 있다. 한편, CG (Configured Grant) 기반 SDT (small data transmission)가 지원될 경우, 상기 단말은 후술할 바와 같이 sub-BWP를 선택하고, 상기 선택된 sub-BWP에서 PRACH 프리앰블 및/또는 MSG3/A PUSCH 전송 대신 CG-SDT용 PUSCH를 전송하고, PDCCH/PDSCH를 수신할 수 있다.At this time, the R18 R-terminal can be set to a separate initial (sub) BWP that is different from existing terminals, and if there is no separate initial BWP, the initial BWP set for the R17 R-terminal can be selected. If the initial BWP for the R17/18 R-terminal is not set, the R18 R-terminal can select the initial BWP set for the general terminal. Meanwhile, when CG (Configured Grant)-based SDT (small data transmission) is supported, the terminal selects a sub-BWP, as will be described later, and transmits the PRACH preamble and/or MSG3/A PUSCH in the selected sub-BWP instead of transmitting it. PUSCH for CG-SDT can be transmitted and PDCCH/PDSCH can be received.
> 단말이 수신한 시스템 정보에 따라 초기 UL BWP 내에 하나의 sub-BWP만 설정되었다고 판단할 수 있다. 또는, 초기 UL BWP 내에 설정된 first active sub-BWP (또는, default sub-BWP 도는 지정된 5Mhz BW)가 있을 수 있다. 이 경우, 상기 단말은 PRACH 프리앰블 및/또는 MSG3/A PUSCH 전송을 상기 하나의 sub-BWP 또는 first active sub-BWP에서 수행할 수 있다. 예컨대, 상기 초기 UL BWP 내에 하나의 sub-BWP만 설정된 경우, 상기 단말은 상기 하나의 sub-BWP에서 PRACH 프리앰블 (또는, MGS A)를 전송할 수 있다. 또는, 상기 초기 UL BWP 내에 복수의 sub-BWP들이 설정된 경우, 상기 단말은 상기 복수의 sub-BWP들 중에서 first active sub-BWP (또는, default sub-BWP 도는 지정된 5Mhz BW)로 설정된 sub-BWP에서 PRACH 프리앰블 (또는, MGS A)를 전송할 수 있다.> Depending on the system information received by the terminal, it may be determined that only one sub-BWP is set within the initial UL BWP. Alternatively, there may be a first active sub-BWP (or default sub-BWP or designated 5Mhz BW) set within the initial UL BWP. In this case, the terminal may perform PRACH preamble and/or MSG3/A PUSCH transmission in the one sub-BWP or first active sub-BWP. For example, when only one sub-BWP is configured in the initial UL BWP, the terminal may transmit a PRACH preamble (or MGS A) in the one sub-BWP. Alternatively, when a plurality of sub-BWPs are configured within the initial UL BWP, the terminal operates in the sub-BWP configured as the first active sub-BWP (or default sub-BWP or designated 5Mhz BW) among the plurality of sub-BWPs. A PRACH preamble (or MGS A) can be transmitted.
- 기지국은 시스템 정보에 단말의 타입 또는 단말의 능력 별로 초기 UL BWP 내에 서로 다른 sub-BWP를 설정할 수 있다. 여기서, 단말의 타입 또는 단말의 능력은 단말이 지원하는 프로세싱 시간 (processing time), RF BW (Radio Frequency Bandwidth), 최대 TB 크기 (maximum TB size), 최대 비트 레이트 (maximum bit rate) 및/또는 안테나 수 등에 대한 것일 수 있다. 이 경우, 단말은 자신의 단말의 타입 또는 단말의 능력에 기반하여 (기지국을 통해) 설정된 초기 UL BWP 내에 매핑되는 sub-BWP를 선택하고, 선택된 sub-BWP에서 PRACH 프리앰블 및/또는 MSG3/A PUSCH 전송을 수행할 수 있다. 예컨대, 상술한 Option BW3에 기반하는 단말은 초기 UL BWP내 첫 번째 sub-BWP가 PRACH 등의 전송을 위한 sub-BWP로 설정되고, 상술한 Option BW2에 기반하는 단말은 초기 UL BWP내 두 번째 sub-BWP가 PRACH 등의 전송을 위한 sub-BWP로 설정될 수 있다. 또는, 일반적인 프로세싱 시간을 지원하는 단말은 PRACH 등의 전송을 위한 sub-BWP로 초기 UL BWP내 첫 번째 sub-BWP가 설정되고, 일반적인 경우 보다 제한된 프로세싱 시간을 갖는 단말은 PRACH 등의 전송을 위한 sub-BWP로 초기 UL BWP내 두 번째 sub-BWP가 설정될 수 있다.- The base station can set different sub-BWPs within the initial UL BWP according to the terminal type or terminal capabilities in the system information. Here, the type of terminal or the capabilities of the terminal include processing time, RF BW (Radio Frequency Bandwidth), maximum TB size, maximum bit rate, and/or antenna supported by the terminal. It may be about numbers, etc. In this case, the terminal selects a sub-BWP mapped within the initial UL BWP set (via the base station) based on the type of its terminal or the capabilities of the terminal, and transmits the PRACH preamble and/or MSG3/A PUSCH in the selected sub-BWP. Transmission can be performed. For example, for a terminal based on Option BW3 described above, the first sub-BWP in the initial UL BWP is set as the sub-BWP for transmission of PRACH, etc., and for a terminal based on Option BW2 described above, the second sub-BWP in the initial UL BWP is set. -BWP can be set as sub-BWP for transmission of PRACH, etc. Alternatively, for a terminal supporting a general processing time, the first sub-BWP in the initial UL BWP is set as a sub-BWP for transmission of PRACH, etc., and in the general case, a terminal with a more limited processing time is set as a sub-BWP for transmission of PRACH, etc. -The second sub-BWP within the initial UL BWP can be set as a BWP.
- 기지국은 시스템 정보에 서비스 별로 또는 초기 접속의 establishment cause 또는 re-establishment cause에 따라 초기 UL BWP 내에 서로 다른 sub-BWP를 설정할 수 있다. 이 경우, 상기 단말은 초기 접속이 트리거 (trigger)된 원인 (cause)에 기반하여 초기 UL BWP내에 매핑되는 sub-BWP를 선택하여 PRACH 프리앰블 및/또는 MSG3/A PUSCH 전송을 수행할 수 있다. 예컨대, 상기 서비스와 관련하여, 모바일 발신 통화 (mobile originating call)에 대해 초기 UL BWP내에 매핑되는 sub-BWP로 첫번째 sub-BWP가 설정되고, mobile terminating call에 대해 초기 UL BWP내에 매핑되는 sub-BWP로 두 번째 sub-BWP로 설정되며, emergency call에 대해 초기 UL BWP내에 매핑되는 sub-BWP로 세 번째 sub-BWP가 설정되고, high priority call에 대해서는 초기 UL BWP내에 매핑되는 sub-BWP로 네 번째 sub-BWP가 설정될 수 있다.- The base station may set different sub-BWPs within the initial UL BWP for each service in the system information or according to the establishment cause or re-establishment cause of initial connection. In this case, the terminal may select a sub-BWP mapped within the initial UL BWP based on the cause of the initial access trigger and perform PRACH preamble and/or MSG3/A PUSCH transmission. For example, in relation to the above service, the first sub-BWP is set as a sub-BWP mapped within the initial UL BWP for a mobile originating call, and the sub-BWP is mapped within the initial UL BWP for a mobile terminating call. is set as the second sub-BWP, the third sub-BWP is set as the sub-BWP mapped within the initial UL BWP for emergency calls, and the fourth sub-BWP is mapped within the initial UL BWP for high priority calls. A sub-BWP may be set.
- 기지국과 단말은 상기 초기 UL BWP 내 first active sub-BWP의 설정/선택 방식과 동일한 방식으로 초기 DL BWP 내 first active sub-BWP (또는, first DL active sub-BWP)를 설정/선택할 수 있다. 예컨대, 기지국은 단말 타입, 단말 능력 별로, 서비스 별로, 초기 접속의 establishment cause 별로, 및/또는 re-establishment cause 별로 초기 DL BWP 내에서 서로 다른 sub-BWP를 설정할 수 있다. 이 경우, 상기 단말은 자신의 단말 타입, 단말 능력, 초기 접속의 트리거 cause 등에 기반하여 초기 DL BWP 내에 설정된 하나의 sub-BWP를 선택할 수 있다. 상기 단말은 선택한 sub-BWP를 통해 MSG2/B를 전송하거나, MSG4 PDCCH/PDSCH를 수신할 수 있다.- The base station and the terminal can configure/select the first active sub-BWP (or first DL active sub-BWP) within the initial DL BWP in the same manner as the configuration/selection method of the first active sub-BWP within the initial UL BWP. For example, the base station may set different sub-BWPs within the initial DL BWP according to terminal type, terminal capability, service, establishment cause of initial connection, and/or re-establishment cause. In this case, the terminal can select one sub-BWP set in the initial DL BWP based on its terminal type, terminal capabilities, trigger cause of initial connection, etc. The terminal can transmit MSG2/B or receive MSG4 PDCCH/PDSCH through the selected sub-BWP.
> 시스템 정보에 따라 초기 UL BWP 내에서 복수의 sub-BWP들이 설정되었으나, first active sub-BWP에 대한 별도 설정이 없는 경우, 상기 단말은 복수의 sub-BWP들 중에서 하나의 sub-BWP를 선택/활성화할 수 있다. 상기 단말은 선택한 sub-BWP를 통해 PRACH 프리앰블 및/또는 MSG3/A PUSCH를 전송할 수 있다. 구체적으로, 상기 단말은 상기 복수의 sub-BWP들 중에서 임의로 하나의 sub-BWP를 선택하거나, UE ID 기반으로 하나의 sub-BWP를 선택하거나, 확률적으로 하나의 sub-BWP를 선택하거나, 빔 (또는, 서빙 셀)에 대한 측정 결과에 기반하여 하나의 sub-BWP를 선택할 수 있다.> According to system information, a plurality of sub-BWPs are set within the initial UL BWP, but if there is no separate setting for the first active sub-BWP, the terminal selects one sub-BWP among the plurality of sub-BWPs/ It can be activated. The terminal may transmit PRACH preamble and/or MSG3/A PUSCH through the selected sub-BWP. Specifically, the terminal randomly selects one sub-BWP among the plurality of sub-BWPs, selects one sub-BWP based on UE ID, selects one sub-BWP stochastically, or selects one sub-BWP by beam One sub-BWP can be selected based on the measurement results for (or serving cell).
- 예컨대, 기지국은 0부터 x1사이의 확률 값을 첫 번째 sub-BWP에 설정하고, x1부터 1사이의 확률 값을 두 번째 sub-BWP에 설정할 수 있다. 이 경우, 단말은 0부터 1사이 소수 값을 uniform한 확률로 임의 선택하고, 선택한 값이 x1보다 큰지 작은지에 따라 첫 번째 또는 두 번째 sub-BWP를 선택할 수 있다.- For example, the base station may set a probability value between 0 and x1 in the first sub-BWP and a probability value between x1 and 1 in the second sub-BWP. In this case, the terminal randomly selects a decimal value between 0 and 1 with a uniform probability and selects the first or second sub-BWP depending on whether the selected value is greater or less than x1.
- 또는, 기지국이 초기 UL BWP에 M개의 sub-BWP들을 설정한 경우, 단말은 자신의 UE ID를 기반으로 'UE ID mod M' 결과 값을 산출하고, 결과값이 0인 경우에 첫번째 sub-BWP를 선택/설정하고, 결과값이 1인 경우에 두 번째 sub-BWP를 선택/설정할 수 있다. 상기 단말은 이와 같은 결과 값의 오름차순에 따라 결과 값이 M-1인 경우에 마지막 M번째 sub-BWP를 선택/설정할 수 있다. 또는, 이러한 설정 과정은 결과값의 내림차순으로 진행될 수 있고, 이 경우, 상기 단말은 결과 값이 M-1인 경우에 첫 번째 sub-BWP을 선택/설정하고, 결과값의 내림차순으로 결과값이 1인 경우에 마지막 M번째 sub-BWP를 선택/설정할 수 있다.- Alternatively, when the base station sets M sub-BWPs in the initial UL BWP, the terminal calculates the 'UE ID mod M' result value based on its UE ID, and if the result value is 0, the first sub-BWP You can select/set a BWP and, if the result is 1, select/set a second sub-BWP. The terminal can select/set the last Mth sub-BWP when the result value is M-1 according to the ascending order of the result values. Alternatively, this setting process may proceed in descending order of the result value. In this case, the terminal selects/sets the first sub-BWP when the result value is M-1, and the result value is 1 in descending order of the result value. In this case, the last Mth sub-BWP can be selected/set.
- 또는, 기지국은 SIB1 (System Information Block 1)에서 지시되는 N개의 SSB index들에 기반한 SSB 빔들에 대해 특정 threshold를 특정 SSB index에 매핑하도록 설정할 수 있다. 또는, 기지국은 SIB1 (System Information Block 1)에서 지시되는 N개의 SSB index들에 기반한 SSB 빔들에 대한 특정 임계를 설정할 수 있다. 이 경우, 단말은 상기 SSB들 각각에 대한 RSRP (Reference Signals Received Power) 또는 RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality)를 측정하고, 상기 측정 결과에 기반하여 상기 특정 임계 이상의 측정값을 갖는 적어도 하나의 SSB 중에서 가장 좋은 측정 값을 갖는 SSB (또는, SSB의 인덱스)를 선택하거나, 임의로 하나의 SSB (또는, SSB의 인덱스)를 선택할 수 있다. 이 경우, 상기 단말은 복수의 sub-BWP들 중에서 상기 선택한 SSB 또는 SSB 인덱스에 매핑된 (하나의) sub-BWP (즉, 초기 sub-BWP)를 통해 PRACH 프리앰블 및/또는 MSG3/A PUSCH를 전송할 수 있다. 상기 특정 임계 이상의 측정 값 (또는, 품질)을 갖는 SSB 또는 SSB 인덱스가 없는 경우, 상기 단말은 상기 N개의 SSB index들 중에서 임의로 하나의 SSB index를 선택하고, 상기 선택한 SSB index에 매핑되는 sub-BWP를 통해 PRACH 프리앰블 및/또는 MSG3/A PUSCH를 전송할 수 있다.- Alternatively, the base station can be set to map a specific threshold to a specific SSB index for SSB beams based on N SSB indices indicated in SIB1 (System Information Block 1). Alternatively, the base station may set a specific threshold for SSB beams based on N SSB indices indicated in SIB1 (System Information Block 1). In this case, the terminal measures RSRP (Reference Signals Received Power) or RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality) for each of the SSBs, and based on the measurement results, selects the most SSB among at least one SSB with a measurement value equal to or higher than the specific threshold. You can choose an SSB (or an index of SSBs) that has a good measurement value, or you can choose one SSB (or an index of SSBs) arbitrarily. In this case, the terminal transmits the PRACH preamble and/or MSG3/A PUSCH through (one) sub-BWP (i.e., initial sub-BWP) mapped to the selected SSB or SSB index among a plurality of sub-BWPs. You can. If there is no SSB or SSB index with a measurement value (or quality) above the specific threshold, the terminal randomly selects one SSB index from among the N SSB indexes, and sub-BWP mapped to the selected SSB index. The PRACH preamble and/or MSG3/A PUSCH can be transmitted through .
- 또는, 기지국과 단말은 상기 초기 UL BWP내 first active sub-BWP 설정/선택 방식과 동일한 방식으로 초기 DL BWP내 first active sub-BWP (또는, first DL active sub-BWP)를 설정/선택할 수 있다. 예컨대, 초기 DL BWP에 대해 복수의 sub-BWP들이 설정된 경우, 상술한 방식과 유사하게, 상기 단말은 임의로 하나의 sub-BWP를 선택하거나, UE ID 기반으로 하나의 sub-BWP를 선택하거나, 확률적으로 하나의 sub-BWP를 선택하거나, 빔 (또는, 서빙셀)에 대한 측정 결과에 따라 하나의 sub-BWP를 선택할 수 있다. 이후, 단말은 선택한 sub-BWP (또는, first DL active sub-BWP)를 통해 MSG2/B 또는 MSG4용 PDCCH/PDSCH를 수신할 수 있다.- Alternatively, the base station and the terminal may configure/select the first active sub-BWP (or first DL active sub-BWP) within the initial DL BWP in the same manner as the first active sub-BWP configuration/selection method within the initial UL BWP. . For example, when a plurality of sub-BWPs are set for the initial DL BWP, similar to the method described above, the terminal randomly selects one sub-BWP, selects one sub-BWP based on UE ID, or selects one sub-BWP based on probability. Typically, one sub-BWP can be selected, or one sub-BWP can be selected according to the measurement results for the beam (or serving cell). Afterwards, the UE can receive the PDCCH/PDSCH for MSG2/B or MSG4 through the selected sub-BWP (or first DL active sub-BWP).
> 상기 초기 UL BWP와 연결된 초기 DL BWP내에서 first DL active sub-BWP를 선택하는 방식으로 다음과 같은 대체 방식도 고려할 수 있다. 상기 대체 방식에서, 기지국은 초기 UL BWP 내의 M개 sub-BWP들 및 초기 DL BWP 내의 k개 sub-BWP들 간을 매핑할 수 있다. 예컨대, 특정 UL sub-BWP는 하나 또는 복수의 DL sub-BWP에 매핑되거나, 특정 DL sub-BWP는 하나 또는 복수의 UL sub-BWP에 매핑될 수 있다. 이 경우, 단말은 상기 방식들 중 하나의 방식으로 초기 UL BWP 내의 M개 sub-BWP들 중에서 first active sub-BWP를 선택하고, 상기 선택된 UL용 first active sub-BWP에 매핑되는 DL sub-BWP을 선택하며, 상기 선택한 DL sub-BWP를 초기 DL BWP 내의 DL 용 first active sub-BWP로 설정할 수 있다. 이후, 단말은 초기 DL BWP 내의 DL용 first active sub-BWP를 통해 PDCCH 모니터링 및/또는 PDSCH 수신을 수행할 수 있다.> The following alternative method can also be considered by selecting the first DL active sub-BWP within the initial DL BWP connected to the initial UL BWP. In the above alternative scheme, the base station can map between the M sub-BWPs in the initial UL BWP and the k sub-BWPs in the initial DL BWP. For example, a specific UL sub-BWP may be mapped to one or multiple DL sub-BWPs, or a specific DL sub-BWP may be mapped to one or multiple UL sub-BWPs. In this case, the terminal selects the first active sub-BWP among the M sub-BWPs in the initial UL BWP using one of the above methods, and selects the DL sub-BWP mapped to the selected first active sub-BWP for UL. selection, the selected DL sub-BWP can be set as the first active sub-BWP for DL within the initial DL BWP. Afterwards, the UE may perform PDCCH monitoring and/or PDSCH reception through the first active sub-BWP for DL within the initial DL BWP.
BWP 및 Sub-BWP의 주파수 호핑 (frequency hopping) 방식Frequency hopping method of BWP and Sub-BWP
기지국은 RRC_IDLE 또는 RRC_INACTIVE 상태인 단말을 위해 초기 UL/DL BWP을 복수의 오버랩 또는 논-오버랩된 (overlapped or non-overlapped) sub-BWP들로 구분 설정할 수 있다. 기지국은 RRC_CONNECTED 상태인 단말을 위해 하나 또는 복수의 UL/DL BWP를 복수의 오버랩 또는 논-오버랩된 sub-BWP들로 구분하여 설정할 수 있다.The base station can set the initial UL/DL BWP into a plurality of overlapped or non-overlapped sub-BWPs for a terminal in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state. The base station can configure one or more UL/DL BWPs for a UE in the RRC_CONNECTED state by dividing them into a plurality of overlapping or non-overlapping sub-BWPs.
이와 같이, 단말의 활성 (active) BWP가 복수의 오버랩 또는 논-오버랩된 sub-BWP들로 구분하여 설정된 경우, 단말은 특정 주파수 호핑 (frequency hopping) 패턴에 기반하여 활성 DL BWP에서 복수의 sub-BWP를 한 순간 (특정 시간)에 하나의 BWP에 대한 하나의 sub-BWP로부터 PDCCH 및/또는 PDSCH 및/또는 참조 신호 (Reference Signal)를 수신할 수 있고, 특정 주파수 호핑 패턴에 기반하여 활성 UL BWP 내의 복수의 sub-BWP들을 특정 frequency hopping 패턴에 따라 (특정 시간)에 하나의 BWP에 대한 하나의 sub-BWP를 통해 PUCCH 및/또는 PUSCH 및/또는 SRS (Sounding Reference Signal)를 전송할 수 있다. 또한, RRC_IDLE 또는 RRC_INACTIVE 상태인 단말은 초기 DL BWP로부터 주파수 호핑 패턴에 기반하여 sub-BWP (또는, 초기 활성 sub-BWP)를 선택할 수 있고, 페이징, 시스템정보 또는 RACH MSG2/MSG4/MSGB를 수신할 수 있고, 초기 UL BWP로부터 주파수 호핑 패턴에 기반하여 sub-BWP (또는, 초기 활성 sub-BWP)를 선택하여 RACH MSG1/ MSGA/ MSG3를 전송할 수 있다.In this way, when the active BWP of the terminal is set to be divided into a plurality of overlapping or non-overlapping sub-BWPs, the terminal uses a plurality of sub-BWPs in the active DL BWP based on a specific frequency hopping pattern. The BWP can receive a PDCCH and/or PDSCH and/or a reference signal from one sub-BWP for one BWP at one moment (specific time), and the active UL BWP can be activated based on a specific frequency hopping pattern. PUCCH and/or PUSCH and/or SRS (Sounding Reference Signal) may be transmitted through one sub-BWP for one BWP at a specific time (specific time) according to a specific frequency hopping pattern among a plurality of sub-BWPs in the sub-BWP. Additionally, a UE in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state can select a sub-BWP (or initial active sub-BWP) based on the frequency hopping pattern from the initial DL BWP and receive paging, system information, or RACH MSG2/MSG4/MSGB. RACH MSG1/MSGA/MSG3 can be transmitted by selecting a sub-BWP (or initially active sub-BWP) based on the frequency hopping pattern from the initial UL BWP.
이와 같은 주파수 호핑 패턴에 기반하는 방식에서, 상기 주파수 호핑 패턴은 다음과 같은 하나 또는 복수의 옵션들로 구성될 수 있다.In a method based on such a frequency hopping pattern, the frequency hopping pattern may be composed of one or more options as follows.
> 기지국은 RRC 메시지를 통해 하나 또는 복수의 호핑 패턴들 및 상기 복수의 호핑 패턴 각각에 대한 ID에 대한 설정 정보를 전달하고, RRC 메시지 (또는, MAC CE, DCI)를 통해 적용될 호핑 패턴의 ID를 지시하는 지시 정보를 전달할 수 있다. 상기 단말은 상기 설정 정보를 수신하고, 상기 지시 정보를 통해 ID가 지시된 경우, 하기와 같은 동작을 수행할 수 있다.> The base station transmits configuration information about one or more hopping patterns and an ID for each of the plurality of hopping patterns through an RRC message, and sets the ID of the hopping pattern to be applied through an RRC message (or MAC CE, DCI). It is possible to convey instructional information. When the terminal receives the setting information and an ID is indicated through the indication information, the terminal can perform the following operations.
- 현재 주파수 호핑이 적용/실행되지 않은 경우, 상기 단말은 지시된 ID의 주파수 호핑 패턴에 기반하여 신호의 송수신을 수행할 수 있다. - If frequency hopping is not currently applied/executed, the terminal can transmit and receive signals based on the frequency hopping pattern of the indicated ID.
- 현재 주파수 호핑이 적용/실행된 경우, 상기 단말은 지시된 ID의 주파수 호핑 패턴으로 주파수 호핑 패턴을 변경하여 신호의 송수신을 수행할 수 있다.- If frequency hopping is currently applied/executed, the terminal can transmit and receive signals by changing the frequency hopping pattern to the frequency hopping pattern of the indicated ID.
- 상기 신호의 송수신 동작은 상기 ID를 수신한 시점 직후 일정 시간 이후에 ID에 따른 주파수 호핑 패턴 기반으로 수행될 수 있다. 여기서, 상기 일정 시간은 UE 능력에 기반하여 지정/결정되거나, 기지국의 RRC 설정을 통해 지시/결정될 수 있다.- The signal transmission and reception operation may be performed based on a frequency hopping pattern according to the ID after a certain period of time immediately after receiving the ID. Here, the certain time may be designated/determined based on UE capabilities, or may be indicated/determined through RRC settings of the base station.
> 기지국과 단말은 심볼 인덱스 (symbol index), 슬롯 인덱스 (slot index), 서브프레임 인덱스 (subframe index), 및/또는 SFN 인덱스에 기반하여, 하기와 같이 sub-BWP인 5Mhz 주파수 구간 또는 5Mhz 주파수 대역폭을 주파수 호핑하는 패턴을 설정할 수 있다.> The base station and the terminal are based on the symbol index, slot index, subframe index, and/or SFN index, and the 5Mhz frequency section or 5Mhz frequency bandwidth of the sub-BWP as follows. You can set a frequency hopping pattern.
- 기지국은 상기 호핑 패턴에서 특정 심볼 인덱스 (symbol index), 특정 슬롯 인덱스 (slot index), 특정 서브프레임 인덱스 (subframe index), 및/또는 특정 SFN 인덱스와, 적어도 하나의 BWP (및/또는 적어도 하나의 sub-BWP)를 연결/매핑시킬 수 있다. 또는, 기지국은 특정 BWP 및/또는 특정 sub-BWP를 적어도 하나의 심볼 인덱스 (symbol index), 적어도 하나의 슬롯 인덱스 (slot index), 적어도 하나의 서브프레임 인덱스 (subframe index), 및/또는 적어도 하나의 SFN 인덱스에 연결/매핑시킬 수 있다. 이와 같이 (이러한 패턴에서) 심볼 인덱스 (symbol index), 슬롯 인덱스 (slot index), 서브프레임 인덱스 (subframe index), 및/또는 SFN 인덱스 별로 서로 다른 BWP (및/또는 서로 다른 sub-BWP)에 연결시킴으로써, 기지국은 시간의 흐름에 따라 BWP들 (및/또는 sub-BWP들) 간에 주파수 호핑을 위한 주파수 호핑 패턴을 설정할 수 있다. 이와 같이 주파수 호핑 패턴이 설정된 경우, 단말은 설정된 주파수 호핑 패턴에 기반하여 특정 심볼 인덱스 (symbol index), 특정 슬롯 인덱스 (slot index), 특정 서브프레임 인덱스 (subframe index), 및/또는 특정 SFN 인덱스에 연결된 sub-BWP에 따라 DCI가 스케줄링하는 PDSCH 또는 PUSCH 자원을 할당 받을 수 있다.- The base station uses a specific symbol index, a specific slot index, a specific subframe index, and/or a specific SFN index in the hopping pattern, and at least one BWP (and/or at least one sub-BWP) can be connected/mapped. Alternatively, the base station may associate a specific BWP and/or a specific sub-BWP with at least one symbol index, at least one slot index, at least one subframe index, and/or at least one It can be connected/mapped to the SFN index of . In this way (in these patterns), each symbol index, slot index, subframe index, and/or SFN index connects to different BWPs (and/or different sub-BWPs). By doing so, the base station can set a frequency hopping pattern for frequency hopping between BWPs (and/or sub-BWPs) over time. When the frequency hopping pattern is set in this way, the terminal is connected to a specific symbol index, a specific slot index, a specific subframe index, and/or a specific SFN index based on the set frequency hopping pattern. Depending on the connected sub-BWP, PDSCH or PUSCH resources scheduled by DCI can be allocated.
- 예컨대, 상기 단말이 첫 번째 subframe의 첫 번째 슬롯에서 DCI를 수신한 경우, 상기 단말은 첫 번째 BWP의 첫 번째 sub-BWP에서 상기 DCI가 스케줄링하는 PUSCH를 전송 (또는, PDSCH를 수신)할 수 있다. 또는, 상기 단말은 첫 번째 서브프레임의 두 번째 슬롯에서 상기 DCI를 수신한 경우, 첫 번째 또는 두 번째 BWP의 두 번째 sub-BWP에서 상기 DCI가 스케줄링하는 PUSCH를 전송 (또는, PDSCH를 수신)할 수 있다. 이 경우, 단말은 주파수 호핑 패턴에 기반하여 PSUCH를 전송하거나 PDSCH를 수신할 수 있다. 이를 통해, 상기 특정 주파수 또는 특정 sub-BWP에 자원이 몰리는 현상 (또는, 자원이 몰려서 할당되는 현상)이 해결될 수 있다.- For example, if the terminal receives the DCI in the first slot of the first subframe, the terminal may transmit (or receive the PDSCH) the PUSCH scheduled by the DCI in the first sub-BWP of the first BWP. there is. Alternatively, when the terminal receives the DCI in the second slot of the first subframe, it transmits the PUSCH scheduled by the DCI (or receives the PDSCH) in the second sub-BWP of the first or second BWP. You can. In this case, the terminal may transmit PSUCH or receive PDSCH based on the frequency hopping pattern. Through this, the phenomenon of resources being concentrated in the specific frequency or specific sub-BWP (or the phenomenon of resources being allocated in a rush) can be solved.
주파수 호핑 패턴이 설정된 경우, 단말은 하기와 같이 신호의 송수신을 수행할 수 있다.When a frequency hopping pattern is set, the terminal can transmit and receive signals as follows.
- 첫 번째 slot에서 수신한 DCI가 두 번째 slot에서 PDSCH가 전송됨을 지시하는 경우, 단말은 설정된 주파수 호핑 패턴에 따라 두 번째 slot에 대한 BWP 및/또는 sub-BWP를 결정하고, 결정된 BWP의 결정된 sub-BWP에서 PDSCH 자원을 결정하여 상기 PDSCH를 수신할 수 있다. 여기서, 첫 번째 슬롯 및 두 번째 슬롯은 같거나 상이할 수 있다. - If the DCI received in the first slot indicates that the PDSCH is transmitted in the second slot, the terminal determines the BWP and/or sub-BWP for the second slot according to the set frequency hopping pattern, and determines the sub-BWP of the determined BWP. -The PDSCH can be received by determining the PDSCH resource in BWP. Here, the first slot and the second slot may be the same or different.
- 첫번째 slot에서 수신한 DCI가 두번째 slot에서 PUSCH의 전송을 지시하는 경우, 상기 단말은 설정된 주파수 호핑 패턴에 따라 두 번째 slot에 대한 BWP 및/또는 sub-BWP를 결정하고, 결정된 BWP의 결정된 sub-BWP에서 할당된 PUSCH 자원에 기반하여 PUSCH를 전송할 수 있다. 여기서, 첫 번째 슬롯 및 두 번째 슬롯은 같거나 상이할 수 있다. - When the DCI received in the first slot indicates transmission of PUSCH in the second slot, the terminal determines the BWP and/or sub-BWP for the second slot according to the configured frequency hopping pattern, and determines the determined sub-BWP of the determined BWP. PUSCH can be transmitted based on PUSCH resources allocated in BWP. Here, the first slot and the second slot may be the same or different.
- 특정 SPS (Semi-Persistent Scheduling)가 활성화된 경우, 상기 단말은 설정된 주파수 호핑 패턴에 따라 해당 SPS PDSCH가 할당된 슬롯에 대한 BWP 및/또는 sub-BWP를 결정하고, 결정된 BWP의 결정된 sub-BWP에서 할당된 SPS PDSCH 자원에서 상기 SPS PDSCH를 수신할 수 있다. - When a specific SPS (Semi-Persistent Scheduling) is activated, the terminal determines the BWP and/or sub-BWP for the slot to which the SPS PDSCH is assigned according to the set frequency hopping pattern, and determines the sub-BWP of the determined BWP. The SPS PDSCH can be received from the SPS PDSCH resource allocated in .
- 특정 CG가 활성화된 경우, 상기 단말은 설정된 주파수 호핑 패턴에 따라 해당 CG PUSCH가 할당된 슬롯에 대한 BWP 및/또는 sub-BWP를 결정하고, 결정된 BWP의 결정된 sub-BWP에 할당된 CG PUSCH 자원에 기초하여 CG PUSCH를 전송할 수 있다.- When a specific CG is activated, the terminal determines the BWP and/or sub-BWP for the slot to which the CG PUSCH is allocated according to the configured frequency hopping pattern, and CG PUSCH resources allocated to the determined sub-BWP of the determined BWP CG PUSCH can be transmitted based on .
Rel.18 R-단말의 R-SIB1 수신Rel.18 R-Terminal’s R-SIB1 reception
Rel.18 R-단말은 상기 방법 1, 2, 3에 따라 System information을 전송하는 Rel.18 PDSCH를 수신한다. 이때 방법 1, 2, 3의 DCI는 SI-RNTI로 CRC가 스크램블링되는 DCI이다. Rel.18 R-terminal receives Rel.18 PDSCH transmitting system information according to methods 1, 2, and 3 above. At this time, the DCI of methods 1, 2, and 3 is a DCI in which the CRC is scrambled with SI-RNTI.
만일 Rel.18 PDSCH가 Rel.18 R-단말을 위한 R-SIB1을 전송할 경우, 상기 DCI는 다음과 같이 R-SIB1에 대한 Rel.18 PDSCH를 스케줄링할 수 있다If the Rel.18 PDSCH transmits R-SIB1 for the Rel.18 R-terminal, the DCI can schedule the Rel.18 PDSCH for R-SIB1 as follows.
(1) Opt 1: pre-Rel.18 UE와 Rel.18 UE에 의해 공유되는 CORESET 상의 하나의 DCI가 20MHz 초기 DL BWP 내에서 Rel.18 R-SIB1 뿐만 아니라 pre-Rel.18 SIB1를 FDM으로 스케줄한다.(1) Opt 1: One DCI on CORESET shared by pre-Rel.18 UE and Rel.18 UE supports Rel.18 R-SIB1 as well as pre-Rel.18 SIB1 to FDM within 20MHz initial DL BWP. Schedule.
(2) Opt 2: pre-Rel.18 UE와 Rel.18 UE에 의해 공유되는 CORESET 상의 하나의 DCI가 20MHz 초기 DL BWP 밖의 Rel.18 R-SIB1 뿐만 아니라 20MHz 초기 DL BWP 내의 pre-Rel.18 SIB1를 FDM으로 스케줄한다.(2) Opt 2: One DCI on CORESET shared by pre-Rel.18 UE and Rel.18 UE is pre-Rel.18 R-SIB1 outside 20 MHz initial DL BWP as well as pre-Rel.18 R-SIB1 outside 20 MHz initial DL BWP. Schedule SIB1 with FDM.
(3) Opt 3: pre-Rel.18 UE와 Rel.18 UE에 의해 공유되는 CORESET 상의 하나의 DCI가 20MHz 초기 DL BWP 내에서 Rel.18 R-SIB1 뿐만 아니라 pre-Rel.18 SIB1를 TDM으로 스케줄한다. Opt3에서 Rel.18 R-SIB1을 전달하는 Rel.18 PDSCH는 5MHz (서브)BWP 또는 BW 위치 내에서 스케줄링되는 반면 pre-Rel.18 SIB1을 전달하는 legacy PDSCH는 5MHz 초기 BWP 또는 20MHz 초기 BWP 내에서 스케줄된다.(3) Opt 3: One DCI on CORESET shared by pre-Rel.18 UE and Rel.18 UE supports Rel.18 R-SIB1 as well as pre-Rel.18 SIB1 to TDM within 20MHz initial DL BWP. Schedule. In Opt3, the Rel.18 PDSCH carrying Rel.18 R-SIB1 is scheduled within the 5 MHz (sub)BWP or BW location, while the legacy PDSCH carrying pre-Rel.18 SIB1 is scheduled within the 5 MHz initial BWP or 20 MHz initial BWP. It is scheduled.
기지국은 상기 DCI 혹은 MIB을 통해 상기 Opt와 같이 DCI가 Rel.18 R-SIB1와 pre-Rel.18 SIB1을 모두 스케줄링하는지 여부를 지시할 수 있다. Through the DCI or MIB, the base station can indicate whether the DCI schedules both Rel.18 R-SIB1 and pre-Rel.18 SIB1, as in Opt.
Rel.18 R-단말이 종래 SIB1 혹은 종래 SIB1을 스케줄링하는 DCI를 수신할 경우, Rel.18 R-단말은 종래 SIB1으로부터 혹은 종래 SIB1을 스케줄링하는 DCI로부터 Rel.18 R-단말을 위한 별도의 cellBarred 파라미터를 수신한다. 이에 수신한 cellBarred 파라미터에 따라 Rel.18 R-단말이 해당 셀에 접속할 수 있는지 아니면 해당 셀을 barring해야하는지 결정한다.When the Rel.18 R-terminal receives the conventional SIB1 or a DCI scheduling the conventional SIB1, the Rel.18 R-terminal receives a separate cellBarred for the Rel.18 R-terminal from the conventional SIB1 or the DCI scheduling the conventional SIB1. Receive parameters. Accordingly, according to the received cellBarred parameter, the Rel.18 R-terminal determines whether it can access the cell or whether the cell should be barred.
Rel.18 R-단말이 종래 SIB1을 수신하지 않고 새로운 R-SIB1 혹은 R-SIB1을 스케줄링하는 DCI를 수신할 경우, R-SIB1용 sub-BWP를 선택하고, 선택한 sub-BWP의 DCI 혹은 R-SIB1으로부터 Rel.18 R-단말을 위한 별도의 cellBarred 파라미터를 수신한다. 이에 수신한 cellBarred 파라미터에 따라 Rel.18 R-단말이 해당 셀에 접속할 수 있는지 아니면 해당 셀을 barring해야하는지 결정한다.Rel.18 When the R-terminal does not receive the existing SIB1 but receives a new R-SIB1 or a DCI scheduling R-SIB1, selects a sub-BWP for R-SIB1, and selects the DCI or R-SIBWP of the selected sub-BWP. A separate cellBarred parameter for Rel.18 R-terminal is received from SIB1. Accordingly, according to the received cellBarred parameter, the Rel.18 R-terminal determines whether it can access the cell or whether the cell should be barred.
한편 on-demand SI가 설정된 경우, 기지국은 on-demand SI request를 위한 전용의 RACH 자원을 설정할 수 있다. 혹은 initial access시 단말 식별을 위해 전용의 RACH 자원을 설정할 수 있다. 이렇게 on-demand SI request를 위해 혹은 initial access시 단말 식별을 위해, 기지국은 Rel.17 R-단말을 위한 RACH 자원과 Rel.18 R-단말을 위한 RACH 자원, 일반 단말을 위한 RACH 자원을 구분하여 할당할 수 있다. 또한, 기지국은 Rel.18 R-단말을 위해 option BW1 단말을 위한 RACH 자원, option BW2 단말을 위한 RACH 자원, option BW3 단말을 위한 RACH 자원을 구분하여 할당할 수 있다. 이러한 서로 다른 RACH 자원들을 기존 SIB1과 R-SIB1을 통해 구분하여 할당될 수 있다. 이 경우, Rel.18 R-단말은 자신의 단말 type에 맞는 PRACH 자원을 선택하여 MSG1 혹은 MSGA를 전송한다. 또한, MSG3 PUSCH 혹은 MSGA PUSCH의 MAC PDU의 (sub-)header를 통해 Rel.18 R-단말임을 지시하거나, 단말의 type에 따라 Option BW1 혹은 BW2 혹은 BW3를 지시할 수 있다.Meanwhile, when on-demand SI is set, the base station can set up a dedicated RACH resource for the on-demand SI request. Alternatively, a dedicated RACH resource can be set for terminal identification during initial access. For this on-demand SI request or to identify the terminal during initial access, the base station distinguishes RACH resources for Rel.17 R-terminals, RACH resources for Rel.18 R-terminals, and RACH resources for general terminals. Can be assigned. In addition, the base station can allocate RACH resources for the option BW1 terminal, RACH resources for the option BW2 terminal, and RACH resources for the option BW3 terminal for the Rel.18 R-terminal. These different RACH resources can be allocated separately through existing SIB1 and R-SIB1. In this case, the Rel.18 R-terminal selects the PRACH resource appropriate for its terminal type and transmits MSG1 or MSGA. In addition, it can indicate that it is a Rel.18 R-terminal through the (sub-)header of the MAC PDU of MSG3 PUSCH or MSGA PUSCH, or Option BW1, BW2, or BW3 can be indicated depending on the type of terminal.
Rel.18 R-단말의 Paging 수신Rel.18 R-terminal paging reception
Rel.18 R-단말은 상기 방법 1, 2, 3에 따라 Paging 메시지를 전송하는 Rel.18 PDSCH를 수신한다. 이때 방법 1, 2, 3의 DCI는 P-RNTI로 CRC가 스크램블링되는 DCI이다.The Rel.18 R-terminal receives the Rel.18 PDSCH that transmits the paging message according to methods 1, 2, and 3 above. At this time, the DCI of methods 1, 2, and 3 is a DCI in which the CRC is scrambled by P-RNTI.
상기 방법1, 2, 3에서 상기 DCI 대신에 PEI (Paging Early Indication)용 DCI가 Rel.18 paging PDSCH 수신을 위한 R-단말용 (sub-)BWP 혹은 BW location을 지시할 수 있다. 혹은 상기 방법1, 2, 3에서 상기 DCI 대신에 PEI용 DCI가 Rel.18 paging PDSCH 수신을 위한 FDRA (frequency domain resource allocation) 및/또는 TDRA (time domain resource allocation) 정보를 제공할 수 있다.In methods 1, 2, and 3, instead of the DCI, the DCI for PEI (Paging Early Indication) may indicate the (sub-)BWP or BW location for the R-terminal for receiving Rel.18 paging PDSCH. Alternatively, in methods 1, 2, and 3, instead of the DCI, the DCI for PEI may provide FDRA (frequency domain resource allocation) and/or TDRA (time domain resource allocation) information for Rel.18 paging PDSCH reception.
한편, paging용 TRS (Tracking Reference signal)가 Rel.18 R-단말을 위해 설정된 경우, Rel.18 TRS는 다음과 같이 설정될 수 있다.Meanwhile, when TRS (Tracking Reference signal) for paging is set for Rel.18 R-terminal, Rel.18 TRS can be set as follows.
(1) Opt 1: Rel.18 R-단말을 위한 initial BWP 혹은 sub-BWP 혹은 5 MHz BW location내에서만 Rel.18 R-단말의 페이징을 위한 TRS가 설정된다.(1) Opt 1: TRS for paging of Rel.18 R-terminal is set only within the initial BWP or sub-BWP or 5 MHz BW location for Rel.18 R-terminal.
Rel.18 R-단말을 위한 TRS가 frequency hopping을 하는 경우, 해당 TRS는 Rel.18 R-단말을 위한 initial BWP 혹은 sub-BWP 혹은 5 MHz BW location내에서만 frequency hopping을 수행한다.When the TRS for Rel.18 R-terminal performs frequency hopping, the TRS performs frequency hopping only within the initial BWP or sub-BWP or 5 MHz BW location for Rel.18 R-terminal.
(2) Opt 2: Rel.18 R-단말을 위한 initial BWP 혹은 sub-BWP 혹은 5 MHz BW location밖에서도 Rel.18 R-단말의 페이징을 위한 TRS가 설정될 수 있다. 이 경우, TRS는 20 MHz의 Rel.17 R-단말을 위한 initial BWP내에 설정된다.(2) Opt 2: TRS for paging of Rel.18 R-terminal can be set outside the initial BWP or sub-BWP or 5 MHz BW location for Rel.18 R-terminal. In this case, TRS is set in the initial BWP for Rel.17 R-terminal at 20 MHz.
Rel.18 R-단말 (특히 option BW1 혹은 2인 단말)은 RF re-tuning을 통해 TRS를 수신한다.Rel.18 R-terminal (especially option BW1 or 2 terminal) receives TRS through RF re-tuning.
도 10은 단말이 RACH 절차와 관련된 메시지를 셀 또는 기지국에 전송하는 방법을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.Figure 10 is a diagram to explain how a terminal transmits a message related to the RACH procedure to a cell or base station.
도 10을 참조하면, 상기 단말은 적어도 하나의 SSB (Synchronization signal block)를 수신하고, 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB에 기초하여 선택된 셀에 대한 RACH (Random Access Channel) 절차를 트리거할 수 있다 (S101). 예컨대, 상기 단말은 상술한 바와 같이 초기 접속, 핸드오버 (handover), SCell (Secondary Cell) 추가, 또는 SCell 활성화를 위해 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB에 기초하여 선택된 셀에 대한 RACH 절차를 트리거할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 10, the terminal may receive at least one Synchronization signal block (SSB) and trigger a Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure for the selected cell based on the at least one SSB (S101). For example, as described above, the terminal may trigger the RACH procedure for the selected cell based on the at least one SSB for initial access, handover, SCell (Secondary Cell) addition, or SCell activation.
다음으로, 상기 단말은 상기 선택된 셀/기지국에 대해 설정된 UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part)에서 상기 RACH 절차의 수행을 위한 초기 대역폭을 결정할 수 있다 (S103). 여기서, 상기 UL BWP는 상기 RACH 절차와 관련하여 설정된 초기 UL BWP일 수 있다. 구체적으로, 상기 UL BWP에 대해 제1 주파수 대역폭의 크기 (또는, 제1 크기, 5Mhz)를 갖는 적어도 하나의 대역폭이 설정된 경우, 상기 단말은 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB에 기초하여 상기 적어도 하나의 대역폭 (또는, 적어도 하나의 UL sub-BWP)중에서 상기 RACH 절차의 수행을 위한 초기 대역폭 (또는, first UL active sub-BWP)을 결정할 수 있다. 예컨대, 상기 단말은 적어도 하나의 SSB들을 수신할 수 있고, 상기 수신된 적어도 하나의 SSB 각각에 대한 SSB의 품질을 측정할 수 있다. 상기 단말은 상기 측정된 SSB의 품질에 기반하여 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB 중에서 특정 임계 이상의 품질을 갖는 특정 SSB를 결정하고, 상기 적어도 하나의 대역폭 중에서 상기 결정된 특정 SSB에 대응하는 대역폭을 상기 초기 대역폭 (또는, first UL active sub-BWP)으로 결정할 수 있다. 여기서, 상기 적어도 하나의 대역폭 각각은 대응하는 SSB 인덱스가 미리 설정될 수 있다. 예컨대, 상기 UL BWP에 대해 제1 주파수 대역폭의 크기를 갖는 복수의 대역폭들이 설정될 수 있고, 상기 복수의 대역폭들 각각은 대응하는 SSB의 인덱스가 미리 설정/매핑될 수 있다. 예컨대, 상기 복수의 대역폭들 각각은 대응하는 SSB의 인덱스에 대한 매핑 관계가 SIB1 등을 통해 미리 지시/설정될 수 있다. 여기서, 상기 적어도 하나의 대역폭은 앞서 설명한 5Mhz 이하의 크기를 갖는 (UL) Sub-BWP로 정의될 수 있다. 이 경우, 상기 UL BWP는 적어도 하나의 sub-BWP 중에서 하나의 sub-BWP를 상기 초기 대역폭인 초기 sub-BWP로 결정/선택할 수 있다. 여기서, 상기 제1 크기 이하의 하나 이상의 대역폭은 상술한 "하나 또는 복수의 sub-BWP를 설정 받는 방식"에 따라 상기 UL BWP 내에서 설정될 수 있다.Next, the terminal may determine the initial bandwidth for performing the RACH procedure in the UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) set for the selected cell/base station (S103). Here, the UL BWP may be an initial UL BWP established in relation to the RACH procedure. Specifically, when at least one bandwidth having the size of the first frequency bandwidth (or, first size, 5Mhz) is set for the UL BWP, the terminal configures the at least one bandwidth (or, based on the at least one SSB) Alternatively, the initial bandwidth (or first UL active sub-BWP) for performing the RACH procedure may be determined among at least one UL sub-BWP. For example, the terminal can receive at least one SSB and measure the quality of the SSB for each of the received at least one SSB. The terminal determines a specific SSB having a quality higher than a certain threshold among the at least one SSB based on the quality of the measured SSB, and sets the bandwidth corresponding to the determined specific SSB among the at least one bandwidth to the initial bandwidth (or , first UL active sub-BWP). Here, a corresponding SSB index may be set in advance for each of the at least one bandwidth. For example, a plurality of bandwidths having the size of a first frequency bandwidth may be set for the UL BWP, and the index of the corresponding SSB may be preset/mapped for each of the plurality of bandwidths. For example, the mapping relationship for each of the plurality of bandwidths to the index of the corresponding SSB may be indicated/set in advance through SIB1, etc. Here, the at least one bandwidth may be defined as (UL) Sub-BWP having a size of 5Mhz or less as described above. In this case, the UL BWP may determine/select one sub-BWP among at least one sub-BWP as the initial sub-BWP, which is the initial bandwidth. Here, one or more bandwidths of the first size or less may be set within the UL BWP according to the above-described “method of setting one or multiple sub-BWPs.”
또는, 수신된 복수의 SSB들 중에서 특정 임계 이상의 품질을 갖는 SSB가 둘 이상인 경우, 상기 단말은 상기 둘 이상의 SSB들 중에서 SSB의 품질이 가장 높은 SSB의 인덱스를 식별하고, 상기 적어도 하나의 대역폭 중에서 식별된 SSB의 인덱스에 대응하는 대역폭을 상기 초기 대역폭 (또는, first UL active sub-BWP)으로 설정/결정할 수 있다. 또는, 상기 단말은 상기 둘 이상의 SSB들 중에서 임의적으로 하나의 SSB를 선택하고, 상기 적어도 하나의 대역폭 중에서 상기 선택된 하나의 SSB의 인덱스에 대응하는 대역폭을 상기 초기 대역폭으로 설정/결정할 수 있다. 또는, 상기 단말은 상기 단말의 식별자 (UE ID)에 기반하여 상기 둘 이상의 SSB들 중에서 하나의 SSB를 선택하고, 상기 적어도 하나의 대역폭 중에서 상기 선택된 하나의 SSB의 인덱스에 대응하는 대역폭을 상기 초기 대역폭으로 설정/결정할 수 있다. 예컨대, 상기 단말은 상기 UE ID 및 상기 UL BWP에 설정된 제1 크기 이하의 대역폭의 수에 대한 모듈로 연산 (Modulo Operation, UE ID mod M) 결과에 기반하여 상기 둘 이상의 SSB들 중에서 하나의 SSB를 선택할 수 있다.Alternatively, if there are two or more SSBs with a quality higher than a certain threshold among the received plurality of SSBs, the terminal identifies the index of the SSB with the highest SSB quality among the two or more SSBs, and identifies it among the at least one bandwidth. The bandwidth corresponding to the index of the SSB can be set/determined as the initial bandwidth (or first UL active sub-BWP). Alternatively, the terminal may randomly select one SSB among the two or more SSBs, and set/determine the bandwidth corresponding to the index of the selected one SSB among the at least one bandwidth as the initial bandwidth. Alternatively, the terminal selects one SSB from among the two or more SSBs based on the identifier (UE ID) of the terminal, and sets the bandwidth corresponding to the index of the selected one SSB among the at least one bandwidth as the initial bandwidth. It can be set/decided. For example, the terminal selects one SSB among the two or more SSBs based on the UE ID and a modulo operation (UE ID mod M) result for the number of bandwidths less than or equal to the first size set in the UL BWP. You can choose.
또는, 상기 단말은 기지국 또는 셀로부터 수신된 SIB1 (System Information Block 1)로부터 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB에 대한 SSB 인덱스의 정보 및 상기 특정 임계에 대한 정보를 획득할 수 있다. 상기 특정 임계는 상기 SSB 인덱스 별로 설정되거나 상기 초기 대역폭 결정과 관련하여 하나의 임계 값이 설정될 수 있다. 상기 SSB 인덱스 별로 상기 특정 임계가 설정될 경우, 상기 SSB 인덱스 별로 상이한 특정 임계가 설정될 수도 있다. 여기서, 상기 단말은 "Rel.18 R-단말의 R-SIB1 수신"에서 설명한 바와 같이 5Mhz 이하의 크기를 갖는 주파수 대역폭에 기반하여 상기 SIB1을 수신 받을 수 있다. 또는, 상기 단말은 "Rel.18 R-단말의 Paging 수신" 설정한 바와 같이 제1 크기 또는 5Mhz 이하의 대역폭에서 페이징을 위한 TRS 등을 수신 받을 수 있다.Alternatively, the terminal may obtain information on the SSB index for the at least one SSB and information on the specific threshold from SIB1 (System Information Block 1) received from the base station or cell. The specific threshold may be set for each SSB index, or a single threshold value may be set in relation to the initial bandwidth decision. When the specific threshold is set for each SSB index, a different specific threshold may be set for each SSB index. Here, the terminal can receive the SIB1 based on a frequency bandwidth of 5Mhz or less as described in "Rel.18 R-Terminal Reception of R-SIB1". Alternatively, the terminal can receive TRS for paging in the first size or bandwidth of 5Mhz or less as set in "Rel.18 R-Terminal's Paging Reception".
다음으로, 상기 단말은 상기 결정된 초기 대역폭 (또는, first UL active sub-BWP)에서 RACH 절차와 관련된 PRACH (physical random access channel, physical random access channel preamble) 또는 상기 PRACH 및 PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel)를 포함하는 메시지 (MSGA)를 상기 셀 또는 기지국에게 전송할 수 있다 (S105). 예컨대, 도 6을 참조하여 설명한 바와 같이, 상기 단말은 4-step RACH 절차에 기반하는 경우에 상기 초기 대역폭에서 Msg1 및/또는 Msg3를 전송할 수 있고, 2-step RACH 절차에 기반하는 경우에 상기 초기 대역폭 (또는, first UL active sub-BWP)에서 MsgA (PRACH 및 PUSCH를 포함하는)를 전송할 수 있다. Next, the terminal uses PRACH (physical random access channel, physical random access channel preamble) or the PRACH and PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel) related to the RACH procedure in the determined initial bandwidth (or first UL active sub-BWP). A message including (MSGA) may be transmitted to the cell or base station (S105). For example, as described with reference to FIG. 6, the terminal may transmit Msg1 and/or Msg3 at the initial bandwidth when based on the 4-step RACH procedure, and at the initial bandwidth when based on the 2-step RACH procedure. MsgA (including PRACH and PUSCH) can be transmitted in the bandwidth (or first UL active sub-BWP).
상기 단말은 상기 PRACH 및 PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel)를 포함하는 메시지 (MSGA)에 응답하는 Msg2 또는 MsgB를 상기 기지국 또는 셀로부터 수신 받을 수 있다. 여기서, 상기 단말은 UL BWP 내에서 초기 대역폭 (또는, first UL active sub-BWP)을 결정하는 방법과 유사하게 DL BWP 내에서 초기 대역폭 (또는, first DL active sub-BWP)을 결정하고, 상기 결정된 DL 초기 대역폭에서 상기 Msg2 또는 MsgB를 수신할 수 있다. 예컨대, 상기 단말은 상기 DL BWP에 설정된 복수의 대역폭들 (즉, 복수의 DL Sub-BWP들) 중에서 상기 SSB의 품질에 기초하여 결정된 하나의 대역폭을 상기 DL 초기 대역폭으로 결정하고, 상기 DL 초기 대역폭 내에서 상기 Msg2 또는 MsgB를 수신 받을 수 있다.The terminal may receive Msg2 or MsgB from the base station or cell in response to a message (MSGA) including the PRACH and PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel). Here, the terminal determines the initial bandwidth (or, first DL active sub-BWP) within the DL BWP similarly to the method of determining the initial bandwidth (or, first UL active sub-BWP) within the UL BWP, and the determined The Msg2 or MsgB can be received at the DL initial bandwidth. For example, the terminal determines one bandwidth determined based on the quality of the SSB among a plurality of bandwidths (i.e., a plurality of DL Sub-BWPs) set in the DL BWP as the DL initial bandwidth, and sets the DL initial bandwidth as the DL initial bandwidth. You can receive Msg2 or MsgB within.
또는, 상기 단말은 초기 접속 후에 "BWP 및 Sub-BWP의 주파수 호핑 (frequency hopping) 방식"에서 설명한 바와 같이 슬롯/심볼/SFN/서프레임 인덱스에 기반하여 초기 대역폭 또는 Sub-BWP를 주파수 호핑시킬 수 있다. 이 경우, 상기 단말은 주파수 호핑에 따라 호핑된 Sub-BWP에서 다운링크 신호를 수신하거나, 업링크 신호를 전송할 수 있다.Alternatively, after initial access, the terminal may frequency hop the initial bandwidth or Sub-BWP based on the slot/symbol/SFN/subframe index as described in "Frequency hopping method of BWP and Sub-BWP". there is. In this case, the terminal may receive a downlink signal from the hopping Sub-BWP or transmit an uplink signal according to frequency hopping.
도 11은 기지국이 RACH 절차와 관련된 메시지를 단말로부터 수신하는 방법을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.Figure 11 is a diagram to explain how a base station receives a message related to the RACH procedure from a terminal.
도 11을 참조하면, 상기 기지국 (또는, 셀)은 적어도 하나의 SSB (Synchronization signal block)를 전송할 수 있다 (S111). 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB에 기초하여 선택된 셀에 대한 RACH (Random Access Channel) 절차를 트리거할 수 있다. 예컨대, 상기 단말은 상술한 바와 같이 초기 접속, 핸드오버 (handover), SCell (Secondary Cell) 추가, 또는 SCell 활성화를 위해 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB에 기초하여 선택된 셀에 대한 RACH 절차를 트리거할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 11, the base station (or cell) may transmit at least one SSB (Synchronization signal block) (S111). A Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure for the selected cell may be triggered based on the at least one SSB. For example, as described above, the terminal may trigger the RACH procedure for the selected cell based on the at least one SSB for initial access, handover, SCell (Secondary Cell) addition, or SCell activation.
다음으로, 상기 기지국은 UL BWP 내에서 제1 크기 (예컨대, 5Mhz) 이하인 초기 대역폭에서 RACH 절차와 관련된 PRACH (physical random access channel, physical random access channel preamble) 또는 상기 PRACH 및 PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel)를 포함하는 메시지 (MSGA)를 수신 받을 수 있다 (S113). 예컨대, 도 6을 참조하여 설명한 바와 같이, 상기 기지국은 4-step RACH 절차에 기반하는 경우에 상기 초기 대역폭에서 Msg1 및/또는 Msg3를 수신할 수 있고, 2-step RACH 절차에 기반하는 경우에 상기 초기 대역폭에서 MsgA (PRACH 및 PUSCH를 포함하는)를 수신할 수 있다. 구체적으로, 상술한 "하나 또는 복수의 sub-BWP를 설정 받는 방식"에서 설명한 바와 같이, 상기 UL BWP는 상기 제1 크기 이하 (또는, 제1 크기 이하로 제한된)의 하나 이상의 대역폭 또는 하나 이상의 UL Sub-BWP가 설정될 수 있다. 이 경우, 상기 기지국은 상기 제1 크기 이하의 하나 이상의 대역폭 또는 하나 이상의 UL Sub-BWP 중에서 하나의 대역폭인 UL 초기 대역폭에서 상기 Msg1, MsgA 및/또는 Msg3를 수신 받을 수 있다. 상기 UL 초기 대역폭은 도 8 내지 도 10에서 설명한 바와 같이 적어도 하나의 SSB의 품질에 기반하여 상기 제1 크기 이하의 하나 이상의 대역폭 또는 하나 이상의 UL Sub-BWP 중에서 결정될 수 있다.Next, the base station performs a PRACH (physical random access channel, physical random access channel preamble) or the PRACH and PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel) associated with the RACH procedure at an initial bandwidth of less than or equal to the first size (e.g., 5Mhz) within the UL BWP. A message (MSGA) containing can be received (S113). For example, as described with reference to FIG. 6, the base station may receive Msg1 and/or Msg3 at the initial bandwidth when based on the 4-step RACH procedure, and the base station may receive Msg1 and/or Msg3 at the initial bandwidth when based on the 2-step RACH procedure. MsgA (including PRACH and PUSCH) can be received at the initial bandwidth. Specifically, as described in the above-mentioned “method of setting one or multiple sub-BWPs,” the UL BWP is one or more bandwidths of the first size or less (or limited to the first size or less) or one or more ULs. Sub-BWP can be set. In this case, the base station may receive the Msg1, MsgA, and/or Msg3 in the UL initial bandwidth, which is one bandwidth among one or more bandwidths less than or equal to the first size or one or more UL Sub-BWPs. The UL initial bandwidth may be determined from one or more bandwidths less than or equal to the first size or one or more UL Sub-BWPs based on the quality of at least one SSB, as described in FIGS. 8 to 10.
한편, 상기 기지국은 적어도 하나의 SSB에 대한 SSB 인덱스의 정보 및 상기 특정 임계에 대한 정보를 포함하는 SIB1 (System Information Block 1)을 상기 단말에게 전송할 수 있다. 여기서, 상기 특정 임계는 상기 SSB 인덱스 별로 설정되거나 상기 초기 대역폭 결정과 관련하여 하나의 임계 값이 설정될 수 있다. 상기 SSB 인덱스 별로 상기 특정 임계가 설정될 경우, 상기 SSB 인덱스 별로 상이한 특정 임계가 설정될 수도 있다. 여기서, 상기 기지국은 "Rel.18 R-단말의 R-SIB1 수신"에서 설명한 바와 같이 5Mhz 이하의 크기를 갖는 주파수 대역폭에 기반하여 상기 SIB1을 전송할 수 있다. 또는, 상기 기지국은 "Rel.18 R-단말의 Paging 수신" 설정한 바와 같이 제1 크기 또는 5Mhz 이하의 대역폭에서 페이징을 위한 TRS 등을 전송할 수 있다.Meanwhile, the base station may transmit to the terminal SIB1 (System Information Block 1) including information on the SSB index for at least one SSB and information on the specific threshold. Here, the specific threshold may be set for each SSB index, or a single threshold value may be set in relation to the initial bandwidth decision. When the specific threshold is set for each SSB index, a different specific threshold may be set for each SSB index. Here, the base station can transmit the SIB1 based on a frequency bandwidth of 5 Mhz or less as described in “Rel.18 R-Terminal Reception of R-SIB1.” Alternatively, the base station may transmit a TRS for paging in the first size or a bandwidth of 5Mhz or less as set in "Rel.18 R-terminal paging reception."
다음으로, 상기 기지국은 상기 PRACH 및 PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel)를 포함하는 메시지 (MSGA)에 응답하는 Msg2 또는 MsgB (또는, PDSCH 및/또는 PDSCH)를 상기 단말에게 전송할 수 있다 (S115). 여기서, 상기 기지국은 UL BWP 내에서 초기 대역폭 (즉, UL 초기 대역폭)을 결정하는 방법과 유사하게 DL BWP 내에서 초기 대역 (즉, DL 초기 대역폭)을 결정할 수 있다. 예컨대, 상기 기지국은 상기 PRACH 또는 MsgA가 수신된 초기 대역폭에 기반하여 대응하는 SSB의 인덱스를 결정할 수 있고, 상기 DL BWP에 설정된 복수의 대역폭들 (즉, 복수의 DL Sub-BWP들) 중에서 상기 결정된 SSB의 인덱스에 하나의 대역폭을 상기 DL 초기 대역폭으로 결정할 수 있다. 이 경우, 상기 기지국은 상기 결정된 DL 초기 대역폭 내에서 상기 Msg2 또는 MsgB를 전송할 수 있다. 즉, 상기 기지국은 상기 PRACH 또는 MsgA가 수신된 초기 대역폭 (또는, UL 초기 Sub-BWP)에 기반하여 상기 단말에서 특정 임계 이상의 품질로 수신된 SSB의 인덱스 또는 상기 초기 대역폭에 대응한 SSB의 인덱스를 추정할 수 있고, 상기 추정된 SSB의 인덱스에 기반하여 상기 DL 초기 대역폭을 결정할 수 있다. Next, the base station may transmit Msg2 or MsgB (or PDSCH and/or PDSCH) in response to the message (MSGA) including the PRACH and PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel) to the terminal (S115). Here, the base station may determine the initial band (i.e., DL initial bandwidth) within the DL BWP similar to the method of determining the initial bandwidth (i.e., UL initial bandwidth) within the UL BWP. For example, the base station may determine the index of the corresponding SSB based on the initial bandwidth at which the PRACH or MsgA was received, and determine the index of the corresponding SSB among a plurality of bandwidths (i.e., a plurality of DL Sub-BWPs) set in the DL BWP. One bandwidth in the index of SSB can be determined as the DL initial bandwidth. In this case, the base station may transmit the Msg2 or MsgB within the determined DL initial bandwidth. That is, the base station determines the index of the SSB received at a quality higher than a certain threshold from the terminal based on the initial bandwidth (or UL initial Sub-BWP) at which the PRACH or MsgA was received, or the index of the SSB corresponding to the initial bandwidth. It can be estimated, and the DL initial bandwidth can be determined based on the index of the estimated SSB.
또는, 상기 기지국은 RACH 절차가 완료된 후에 "BWP 및 Sub-BWP의 주파수 호핑 (frequency hopping) 방식"에서 설명한 바와 같이 슬롯/심볼/SFN/서프레임 인덱스에 기반하여 주파수 호핑된 초기 대역폭 또는 Sub-BWP에서 다운링크 신호를 상기 단말에게 전송하거나, 상기 단말로부터 업링크 신호를 수신할 수 있다.Alternatively, after the RACH procedure is completed, the base station frequency-hops the initial bandwidth or Sub-BWP based on the slot/symbol/SFN/subframe index as described in "Frequency hopping method of BWP and Sub-BWP." A downlink signal can be transmitted to the terminal, or an uplink signal can be received from the terminal.
이와 같이 제안 발명은 UL BWP 내에서 RACH 절차와 관련된 신호를 전송할 5Mhz의 초기 주파수 대역을 SSB의 품질에 기반하여 명확히 결정/특정할 수 있다. 또는, 제안 발명은 UL BWP 내에서 RACH 절차와 관련된 신호를 수신될 5Mhz의 초기 주파수 대역을 SSB의 품질에 기반하여 명확히 결정/특정할 수 있다. 나아가, 초기 주파수 대역이 5Mhz로 제한되더라도, SSB의 품질에 기반하여 상기 초기 주파수 대역을 결정을 통해 상기 단말들 간에 초기 주파수 대역을 효과적으로 배분시킬 수 있다. 즉, PRACH를 전송하는 단말들이 5Mhz의 제한된 하나의 초기 주파수 대역에 집중되는 것을 효과적으로 방지할 수 있다.In this way, the proposed invention can clearly determine/specify the initial frequency band of 5Mhz for transmitting signals related to the RACH procedure within the UL BWP based on the quality of SSB. Alternatively, the proposed invention can clearly determine/specify the initial frequency band of 5Mhz in which signals related to the RACH procedure will be received within the UL BWP based on the quality of SSB. Furthermore, even if the initial frequency band is limited to 5Mhz, the initial frequency band can be effectively distributed among the terminals by determining the initial frequency band based on the quality of the SSB. In other words, it is possible to effectively prevent terminals transmitting PRACH from concentrating on one limited initial frequency band of 5Mhz.
도 12은 본 개시에 적용 가능한 통신 시스템(1)을 예시한다.Figure 12 illustrates a communication system 1 applicable to the present disclosure.
도 12을 참조하면, 본 개시에 적용 가능한 통신 시스템(1)은 무선 기기, 기지국 및 네트워크를 포함한다. 여기서, 무선 기기는 무선 접속 기술(예, 5G NR(New RAT), LTE(Long Term Evolution))을 이용하여 통신을 수행하는 기기를 의미하며, 통신/무선/5G 기기로 지칭될 수 있다. 이로 제한되는 것은 아니지만, 무선 기기는 로봇(100a), 차량(100b-1, 100b-2), XR(eXtended Reality) 기기(100c), 휴대 기기(Hand-held device)(100d), 가전(100e), IoT(Internet of Thing) 기기(100f), AI기기/서버(400)를 포함할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 차량은 무선 통신 기능이 구비된 차량, 자율 주행 차량, 차량간 통신을 수행할 수 있는 차량 등을 포함할 수 있다. 여기서, 차량은 UAV(Unmanned Aerial Vehicle)(예, 드론)를 포함할 수 있다. XR 기기는 AR(Augmented Reality)/VR(Virtual Reality)/MR(Mixed Reality) 기기를 포함하며, HMD(Head-Mounted Device), 차량에 구비된 HUD(Head-Up Display), 텔레비전, 스마트폰, 컴퓨터, 웨어러블 디바이스, 가전 기기, 디지털 사이니지(signage), 차량, 로봇 등의 형태로 구현될 수 있다. 휴대 기기는 스마트폰, 스마트패드, 웨어러블 기기(예, 스마트워치, 스마트글래스), 컴퓨터(예, 노트북 등) 등을 포함할 수 있다. 가전은 TV, 냉장고, 세탁기 등을 포함할 수 있다. IoT 기기는 센서, 스마트미터 등을 포함할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 기지국, 네트워크는 무선 기기로도 구현될 수 있으며, 특정 무선 기기(200a)는 다른 무선 기기에게 기지국/네트워크 노드로 동작할 수도 있다.Referring to FIG. 12, the communication system 1 applicable to the present disclosure includes a wireless device, a base station, and a network. Here, a wireless device refers to a device that performs communication using wireless access technology (e.g., 5G NR (New RAT), LTE (Long Term Evolution)) and may be referred to as a communication/wireless/5G device. Although not limited thereto, wireless devices include robots (100a), vehicles (100b-1, 100b-2), XR (eXtended Reality) devices (100c), hand-held devices (100d), and home appliances (100e). ), IoT (Internet of Thing) device (100f), and AI device/server (400). For example, vehicles may include vehicles equipped with wireless communication functions, autonomous vehicles, vehicles capable of inter-vehicle communication, etc. Here, the vehicle may include an Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) (eg, a drone). XR devices include AR (Augmented Reality)/VR (Virtual Reality)/MR (Mixed Reality) devices, HMD (Head-Mounted Device), HUD (Head-Up Display) installed in vehicles, televisions, smartphones, It can be implemented in the form of computers, wearable devices, home appliances, digital signage, vehicles, robots, etc. Portable devices may include smartphones, smart pads, wearable devices (e.g., smartwatches, smart glasses), and computers (e.g., laptops, etc.). Home appliances may include TVs, refrigerators, washing machines, etc. IoT devices may include sensors, smart meters, etc. For example, a base station and network may also be implemented as wireless devices, and a specific wireless device 200a may operate as a base station/network node for other wireless devices.
무선 기기(100a~100f)는 기지국(200)을 통해 네트워크(300)와 연결될 수 있다. 무선 기기(100a~100f)에는 AI(Artificial Intelligence) 기술이 적용될 수 있으며, 무선 기기(100a~100f)는 네트워크(300)를 통해 AI 서버(400)와 연결될 수 있다. 네트워크(300)는 3G 네트워크, 4G(예, LTE) 네트워크 또는 5G(예, NR) 네트워크 등을 이용하여 구성될 수 있다. 무선 기기(100a~100f)는 기지국(200)/네트워크(300)를 통해 서로 통신할 수도 있지만, 기지국/네트워크를 통하지 않고 직접 통신(e.g. 사이드링크 통신(sidelink communication))할 수도 있다. 예를 들어, 차량들(100b-1, 100b-2)은 직접 통신(e.g. V2V(Vehicle to Vehicle)/V2X(Vehicle to everything) communication)을 할 수 있다. 또한, IoT 기기(예, 센서)는 다른 IoT 기기(예, 센서) 또는 다른 무선 기기(100a~100f)와 직접 통신을 할 수 있다. Wireless devices 100a to 100f may be connected to the network 300 through the base station 200. AI (Artificial Intelligence) technology may be applied to wireless devices (100a to 100f), and the wireless devices (100a to 100f) may be connected to the AI server 400 through the network 300. The network 300 may be configured using a 3G network, 4G (eg, LTE) network, or 5G (eg, NR) network. Wireless devices 100a to 100f may communicate with each other through the base station 200/network 300, but may also communicate directly (e.g. sidelink communication) without going through the base station/network. For example, vehicles 100b-1 and 100b-2 may communicate directly (e.g. V2V (Vehicle to Vehicle)/V2X (Vehicle to everything) communication). Additionally, an IoT device (eg, sensor) may communicate directly with another IoT device (eg, sensor) or another wireless device (100a to 100f).
무선 기기(100a~100f)/기지국(200), 기지국(200)/기지국(200) 간에는 무선 통신/연결(150a, 150b, 150c)이 이뤄질 수 있다. 여기서, 무선 통신/연결은 상향/하향링크 통신(150a)과 사이드링크 통신(150b)(또는, D2D 통신), 기지국간 통신(150c)(e.g. relay, IAB(Integrated Access Backhaul)과 같은 다양한 무선 접속 기술(예, 5G NR)을 통해 이뤄질 수 있다. 무선 통신/연결(150a, 150b, 150c)을 통해 무선 기기와 기지국/무선 기기, 기지국과 기지국은 서로 무선 신호를 송신/수신할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 무선 통신/연결(150a, 150b, 150c)은 다양한 물리 채널을 통해 신호를 송신/수신할 수 있다. 이를 위해, 본 발명의 다양한 제안들에 기반하여, 무선 신호의 송신/수신을 위한 다양한 구성정보 설정 과정, 다양한 신호 처리 과정(예, 채널 인코딩/디코딩, 변조/복조, 자원 매핑/디매핑 등), 자원 할당 과정 등 중 적어도 일부가 수행될 수 있다.Wireless communication/connection (150a, 150b, 150c) may be established between the wireless devices (100a to 100f)/base station (200) and the base station (200)/base station (200). Here, wireless communication/connection includes various wireless connections such as uplink/downlink communication (150a), sidelink communication (150b) (or D2D communication), and inter-base station communication (150c) (e.g. relay, IAB (Integrated Access Backhaul)). This can be achieved through technology (e.g., 5G NR). Through wireless communication/connection (150a, 150b, 150c), a wireless device and a base station/wireless device, and a base station and a base station can transmit/receive wireless signals to each other. Example For example, wireless communication/connection (150a, 150b, 150c) can transmit/receive signals through various physical channels. For this, based on various proposals of the present invention, for transmitting/receiving wireless signals At least some of various configuration information setting processes, various signal processing processes (e.g., channel encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation, resource mapping/demapping, etc.), resource allocation processes, etc. may be performed.
도 13은 본 개시에 적용될 수 있는 무선 기기를 예시한다.13 illustrates a wireless device to which the present disclosure can be applied.
도 13을 참조하면, 제1 무선 기기(100)와 제2 무선 기기(200)는 다양한 무선 접속 기술(예, LTE, NR)을 통해 무선 신호를 송수신할 수 있다. 여기서, {제1 무선 기기(100), 제2 무선 기기(200)}은 도 12의 {무선 기기(100x), 기지국(200)} 및/또는 {무선 기기(100x), 무선 기기(100x)}에 대응할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 13, the first wireless device 100 and the second wireless device 200 can transmit and receive wireless signals through various wireless access technologies (eg, LTE, NR). Here, {first wireless device 100, second wireless device 200} refers to {wireless device 100x, base station 200} and/or {wireless device 100x, wireless device 100x) in FIG. } can be responded to.
제1 무선 기기(100)는 하나 이상의 프로세서(102) 및 하나 이상의 메모리(104)를 포함하며, 추가적으로 하나 이상의 송수신기(106) 및/또는 하나 이상의 안테나(108)을 더 포함할 수 있다. 프로세서(102)는 메모리(104) 및/또는 송수신기(106)를 제어하며, 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도들을 구현하도록 구성될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 프로세서(102)는 메모리(104) 내의 정보를 처리하여 제1 정보/신호를 생성한 뒤, 송수신기(106)을 통해 제1 정보/신호를 포함하는 무선 신호를 전송할 수 있다. 또한, 프로세서(102)는 송수신기(106)를 통해 제2 정보/신호를 포함하는 무선 신호를 수신한 뒤, 제2 정보/신호의 신호 처리로부터 얻은 정보를 메모리(104)에 저장할 수 있다. 메모리(104)는 프로세서(102)와 연결될 수 있고, 프로세서(102)의 동작과 관련한 다양한 정보를 저장할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 메모리(104)는 프로세서(102)에 의해 제어되는 프로세스들 중 일부 또는 전부를 수행하거나, 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도들을 수행하기 위한 명령들을 포함하는 소프트웨어 코드를 저장할 수 있다. 여기서, 프로세서(102)와 메모리(104)는 무선 통신 기술(예, LTE, NR)을 구현하도록 설계된 통신 모뎀/회로/칩의 일부일 수 있다. 송수신기(106)는 프로세서(102)와 연결될 수 있고, 하나 이상의 안테나(108)를 통해 무선 신호를 송신 및/또는 수신할 수 있다. 송수신기(106)는 송신기 및/또는 수신기를 포함할 수 있다. 송수신기(106)는 RF(Radio Frequency) 유닛과 혼용될 수 있다. 본 개시에서 무선 기기는 통신 모뎀/회로/칩을 의미할 수도 있다.The first wireless device 100 includes one or more processors 102 and one or more memories 104, and may additionally include one or more transceivers 106 and/or one or more antennas 108. Processor 102 controls memory 104 and/or transceiver 106 and may be configured to implement the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein. For example, the processor 102 may process information in the memory 104 to generate first information/signal and then transmit a wireless signal including the first information/signal through the transceiver 106. Additionally, the processor 102 may receive a wireless signal including the second information/signal through the transceiver 106 and then store information obtained from signal processing of the second information/signal in the memory 104. The memory 104 may be connected to the processor 102 and may store various information related to the operation of the processor 102. For example, memory 104 may perform some or all of the processes controlled by processor 102 or instructions for performing the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein. Software code containing them can be stored. Here, the processor 102 and memory 104 may be part of a communication modem/circuit/chip designed to implement wireless communication technology (eg, LTE, NR). Transceiver 106 may be coupled to processor 102 and may transmit and/or receive wireless signals via one or more antennas 108. Transceiver 106 may include a transmitter and/or receiver. The transceiver 106 can be used interchangeably with an RF (Radio Frequency) unit. In this disclosure, a wireless device may mean a communication modem/circuit/chip.
일 예에 따르면, 상기 제1 무선 기기 (100) 또는 단말은 상기 RF 송수신기와 연결되는 프로세서 (102)와 메모리(104)를 포함할 수 있다. 메모리(104)는 도 9 내지 도 11에서 설명된 실시예들과 관련된 동작을 수행할 수 있는 적어도 하나의 프로그램들이 포함될 수 있다. According to one example, the first wireless device 100 or terminal may include a processor 102 and a memory 104 connected to the RF transceiver. The memory 104 may include at least one program capable of performing operations related to the embodiments described in FIGS. 9 to 11 .
구체적으로, 프로세서 (102)는 RF 송수신기 (106)를 제어하여 셀로부터 수신된 적어도 하나의 SSB (Synchronization signal block)에 기초하여 선택된 셀에 대한 RACH (Random Access Channel) 절차를 트리거하고, 상기 셀의 UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) 내에서 초기 대역폭을 결정하며, 상기 초기 대역폭에서 PRACH (physical random access channel) 또는 상기 PRACH를 포함하는 제1 메시지를 전송하게 하고, 상기 초기 대역폭은, 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB들 중에서 특정 임계 이상의 품질을 갖는 SSB의 인덱스에 기초하여, 상기 셀의 UL BWP에 대해 설정된 제1 크기 이하의 하나 이상의 대역폭 중 하나의 대역폭으로 결정될 수 있다.Specifically, the processor 102 controls the RF transceiver 106 to trigger a Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure for a selected cell based on at least one synchronization signal block (SSB) received from the cell, and An initial bandwidth is determined within a UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part), and a PRACH (physical random access channel) or a first message including the PRACH is transmitted in the initial bandwidth, and the initial bandwidth is the at least one SSB. Based on the index of the SSB having a quality above a certain threshold, it may be determined as one of one or more bandwidths less than or equal to the first size set for the UL BWP of the cell.
또는, 기지국과 통신을 수행하는 단말을 제어하는 프로세싱 장치로써, 프로세서 (102) 및 메모리(104)를 포함할 수 있다. 이 경우, 프로세싱 장치는 적어도 하나의 프로세서; 및 상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서에 연결되고 명령어들을 저장하는 적어도 하나의 메모리를 포함하되, 상기 명령어들은 상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서에 의해 실행되는 것을 기반으로 상기 단말로 하여금: 적어도 하나의 SSB (Synchronization signal block)에 기초하여 선택된 셀에 대한 RACH (Random Access Channel) 절차를 트리거; 상기 셀의 UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) 내에서 초기 대역폭을 결정; 및 상기 초기 대역폭에서 PRACH (physical random access channel) 또는 상기 PRACH를 포함하는 제1 메시지를 전송하게 하고, 상기 초기 대역폭은, 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB들 중에서 특정 임계 이상의 품질을 갖는 SSB의 인덱스에 기초하여, 상기 셀의 UL BWP에 대해 설정된 제1 크기 이하의 하나 이상의 대역폭 중 하나의 대역폭으로 결정될 수 있다.Alternatively, it is a processing device that controls a terminal that communicates with a base station and may include a processor 102 and a memory 104. In this case, the processing device includes at least one processor; and at least one memory connected to the at least one processor and storing instructions, wherein the instructions cause the terminal to execute: at least one Synchronization signal block (SSB) Trigger the Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure for the selected cell based on; Determine the initial bandwidth within the UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) of the cell; and transmit a physical random access channel (PRACH) or a first message including the PRACH in the initial bandwidth, wherein the initial bandwidth is based on an index of an SSB having a quality higher than a certain threshold among the at least one SSB. , may be determined as one of one or more bandwidths less than or equal to the first size set for the UL BWP of the cell.
또는, 도 9 내지 도 11을 참조하여 설명한 제안 방법들을 수행하기 위한 명령어들이 기록한 비일시적 컴퓨터 판독가능 저장 매체가 구성될 수 있다.Alternatively, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium may be configured in which instructions for performing the proposed methods described with reference to FIGS. 9 to 11 are recorded.
제2 무선 기기(200)는 하나 이상의 프로세서(202), 하나 이상의 메모리(204)를 포함하며, 추가적으로 하나 이상의 송수신기(206) 및/또는 하나 이상의 안테나(208)를 더 포함할 수 있다. 프로세서(202)는 메모리(204) 및/또는 송수신기(206)를 제어하며, 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도들을 구현하도록 구성될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 프로세서(202)는 메모리(204) 내의 정보를 처리하여 제3 정보/신호를 생성한 뒤, 송수신기(206)를 통해 제3 정보/신호를 포함하는 무선 신호를 전송할 수 있다. 또한, 프로세서(202)는 송수신기(206)를 통해 제4 정보/신호를 포함하는 무선 신호를 수신한 뒤, 제4 정보/신호의 신호 처리로부터 얻은 정보를 메모리(204)에 저장할 수 있다. 메모리(204)는 프로세서(202)와 연결될 수 있고, 프로세서(202)의 동작과 관련한 다양한 정보를 저장할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 메모리(204)는 프로세서(202)에 의해 제어되는 프로세스들 중 일부 또는 전부를 수행하거나, 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도들을 수행하기 위한 명령들을 포함하는 소프트웨어 코드를 저장할 수 있다. 여기서, 프로세서(202)와 메모리(204)는 무선 통신 기술(예, LTE, NR)을 구현하도록 설계된 통신 모뎀/회로/칩의 일부일 수 있다. 송수신기(206)는 프로세서(202)와 연결될 수 있고, 하나 이상의 안테나(208)를 통해 무선 신호를 송신 및/또는 수신할 수 있다. 송수신기(206)는 송신기 및/또는 수신기를 포함할 수 있다 송수신기(206)는 RF 유닛과 혼용될 수 있다. 본 개시에서 무선 기기는 통신 모뎀/회로/칩을 의미할 수도 있다.The second wireless device 200 includes one or more processors 202, one or more memories 204, and may further include one or more transceivers 206 and/or one or more antennas 208. Processor 202 controls memory 204 and/or transceiver 206 and may be configured to implement the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein. For example, the processor 202 may process the information in the memory 204 to generate third information/signal and then transmit a wireless signal including the third information/signal through the transceiver 206. Additionally, the processor 202 may receive a wireless signal including the fourth information/signal through the transceiver 206 and then store information obtained from signal processing of the fourth information/signal in the memory 204. The memory 204 may be connected to the processor 202 and may store various information related to the operation of the processor 202. For example, memory 204 may perform some or all of the processes controlled by processor 202 or instructions for performing the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein. Software code containing them can be stored. Here, the processor 202 and memory 204 may be part of a communication modem/circuit/chip designed to implement wireless communication technology (eg, LTE, NR). Transceiver 206 may be coupled to processor 202 and may transmit and/or receive wireless signals via one or more antennas 208. Transceiver 206 may include a transmitter and/or receiver. Transceiver 206 may be used interchangeably with an RF unit. In this disclosure, a wireless device may mean a communication modem/circuit/chip.
이하, 무선 기기(100, 200)의 하드웨어 요소에 대해 보다 구체적으로 설명한다. 이로 제한되는 것은 아니지만, 하나 이상의 프로토콜 계층이 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)에 의해 구현될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 하나 이상의 계층(예, PHY, MAC, RLC, PDCP, RRC, SDAP와 같은 기능적 계층)을 구현할 수 있다. 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도들에 따라 하나 이상의 PDU(Protocol Data Unit) 및/또는 하나 이상의 SDU(Service Data Unit)를 생성할 수 있다. 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도들에 따라 메시지, 제어정보, 데이터 또는 정보를 생성할 수 있다. 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 본 문서에 개시된 기능, 절차, 제안 및/또는 방법에 따라 PDU, SDU, 메시지, 제어정보, 데이터 또는 정보를 포함하는 신호(예, 베이스밴드 신호)를 생성하여, 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)에게 제공할 수 있다. 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)로부터 신호(예, 베이스밴드 신호)를 수신할 수 있고, 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도들에 따라 PDU, SDU, 메시지, 제어정보, 데이터 또는 정보를 획득할 수 있다.Hereinafter, the hardware elements of the wireless devices 100 and 200 will be described in more detail. Although not limited thereto, one or more protocol layers may be implemented by one or more processors 102, 202. For example, one or more processors 102, 202 may implement one or more layers (e.g., functional layers such as PHY, MAC, RLC, PDCP, RRC, SDAP). One or more processors 102, 202 may generate one or more Protocol Data Units (PDUs) and/or one or more Service Data Units (SDUs) according to the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flow charts disclosed herein. can be created. One or more processors 102, 202 may generate messages, control information, data or information according to the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein. One or more processors 102, 202 generate signals (e.g., baseband signals) containing PDUs, SDUs, messages, control information, data or information according to the functions, procedures, proposals and/or methods disclosed herein. , can be provided to one or more transceivers (106, 206). One or more processors 102, 202 may receive signals (e.g., baseband signals) from one or more transceivers 106, 206, and the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods, and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein. Depending on the device, PDU, SDU, message, control information, data or information can be obtained.
하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 컨트롤러, 마이크로 컨트롤러, 마이크로 프로세서 또는 마이크로 컴퓨터로 지칭될 수 있다. 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 하드웨어, 펌웨어, 소프트웨어, 또는 이들의 조합에 의해 구현될 수 있다. 일 예로, 하나 이상의 ASIC(Application Specific Integrated Circuit), 하나 이상의 DSP(Digital Signal Processor), 하나 이상의 DSPD(Digital Signal Processing Device), 하나 이상의 PLD(Programmable Logic Device) 또는 하나 이상의 FPGA(Field Programmable Gate Arrays)가 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)에 포함될 수 있다. 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도들은 펌웨어 또는 소프트웨어를 사용하여 구현될 수 있고, 펌웨어 또는 소프트웨어는 모듈, 절차, 기능 등을 포함하도록 구현될 수 있다. 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도들은 수행하도록 설정된 펌웨어 또는 소프트웨어는 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)에 포함되거나, 하나 이상의 메모리(104, 204)에 저장되어 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)에 의해 구동될 수 있다. 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도들은 코드, 명령어 및/또는 명령어의 집합 형태로 펌웨어 또는 소프트웨어를 사용하여 구현될 수 있다. One or more processors 102, 202 may be referred to as a controller, microcontroller, microprocessor, or microcomputer. One or more processors 102, 202 may be implemented by hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof. As an example, one or more Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), one or more Digital Signal Processors (DSPs), one or more Digital Signal Processing Devices (DSPDs), one or more Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) May be included in one or more processors 102 and 202. The descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed in this document may be implemented using firmware or software, and the firmware or software may be implemented to include modules, procedures, functions, etc. Firmware or software configured to perform the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods, and/or operational flowcharts disclosed in this document may be included in one or more processors (102, 202) or stored in one or more memories (104, 204). It may be driven by the above processors 102 and 202. The descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed in this document may be implemented using firmware or software in the form of codes, instructions and/or sets of instructions.
하나 이상의 메모리(104, 204)는 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)와 연결될 수 있고, 다양한 형태의 데이터, 신호, 메시지, 정보, 프로그램, 코드, 지시 및/또는 명령을 저장할 수 있다. 하나 이상의 메모리(104, 204)는 ROM, RAM, EPROM, 플래시 메모리, 하드 드라이브, 레지스터, 캐쉬 메모리, 컴퓨터 판독 저장 매체 및/또는 이들의 조합으로 구성될 수 있다. 하나 이상의 메모리(104, 204)는 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)의 내부 및/또는 외부에 위치할 수 있다. 또한, 하나 이상의 메모리(104, 204)는 유선 또는 무선 연결과 같은 다양한 기술을 통해 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)와 연결될 수 있다.One or more memories 104, 204 may be connected to one or more processors 102, 202 and may store various types of data, signals, messages, information, programs, codes, instructions, and/or instructions. One or more memories 104, 204 may consist of ROM, RAM, EPROM, flash memory, hard drives, registers, cache memory, computer readable storage media, and/or combinations thereof. One or more memories 104, 204 may be located internal to and/or external to one or more processors 102, 202. Additionally, one or more memories 104, 204 may be connected to one or more processors 102, 202 through various technologies, such as wired or wireless connections.
하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 하나 이상의 다른 장치에게 본 문서의 방법들 및/또는 동작 순서도 등에서 언급되는 사용자 데이터, 제어 정보, 무선 신호/채널 등을 전송할 수 있다. 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 하나 이상의 다른 장치로부터 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도 등에서 언급되는 사용자 데이터, 제어 정보, 무선 신호/채널 등을 수신할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)와 연결될 수 있고, 무선 신호를 송수신할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)가 하나 이상의 다른 장치에게 사용자 데이터, 제어 정보 또는 무선 신호를 전송하도록 제어할 수 있다. 또한, 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)는 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)가 하나 이상의 다른 장치로부터 사용자 데이터, 제어 정보 또는 무선 신호를 수신하도록 제어할 수 있다. 또한, 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 하나 이상의 안테나(108, 208)와 연결될 수 있고, 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 하나 이상의 안테나(108, 208)를 통해 본 문서에 개시된 설명, 기능, 절차, 제안, 방법 및/또는 동작 순서도 등에서 언급되는 사용자 데이터, 제어 정보, 무선 신호/채널 등을 송수신하도록 설정될 수 있다. 본 문서에서, 하나 이상의 안테나는 복수의 물리 안테나이거나, 복수의 논리 안테나(예, 안테나 포트)일 수 있다. 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 수신된 사용자 데이터, 제어 정보, 무선 신호/채널 등을 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)를 이용하여 처리하기 위해, 수신된 무선 신호/채널 등을 RF 밴드 신호에서 베이스밴드 신호로 변환(Convert)할 수 있다. 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 하나 이상의 프로세서(102, 202)를 이용하여 처리된 사용자 데이터, 제어 정보, 무선 신호/채널 등을 베이스밴드 신호에서 RF 밴드 신호로 변환할 수 있다. 이를 위하여, 하나 이상의 송수신기(106, 206)는 (아날로그) 오실레이터 및/또는 필터를 포함할 수 있다.One or more transceivers 106, 206 may transmit user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc. mentioned in the methods and/or operation flowcharts of this document to one or more other devices. One or more transceivers 106, 206 may receive user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc. referred to in the descriptions, functions, procedures, suggestions, methods and/or operational flowcharts disclosed herein, etc. from one or more other devices. there is. For example, one or more transceivers 106 and 206 may be connected to one or more processors 102 and 202 and may transmit and receive wireless signals. For example, one or more processors 102, 202 may control one or more transceivers 106, 206 to transmit user data, control information, or wireless signals to one or more other devices. Additionally, one or more processors 102, 202 may control one or more transceivers 106, 206 to receive user data, control information, or wireless signals from one or more other devices. In addition, one or more transceivers (106, 206) may be connected to one or more antennas (108, 208), and one or more transceivers (106, 206) may be connected to the description and functions disclosed in this document through one or more antennas (108, 208). , may be set to transmit and receive user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc. mentioned in procedures, proposals, methods and/or operation flow charts, etc. In this document, one or more antennas may be multiple physical antennas or multiple logical antennas (eg, antenna ports). One or more transceivers (106, 206) process the received user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc. using one or more processors (102, 202), and convert the received wireless signals/channels, etc. from the RF band signal. It can be converted to a baseband signal. One or more transceivers (106, 206) may convert user data, control information, wireless signals/channels, etc. processed using one or more processors (102, 202) from baseband signals to RF band signals. For this purpose, one or more transceivers 106, 206 may comprise (analog) oscillators and/or filters.
도 14은 본 개시의 일 실시예에 따른 단말의 DRX(Discontinuous Reception) 동작을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining a DRX (Discontinuous Reception) operation of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
단말은 앞에서 설명/제안한 절차 및/또는 방법들을 수행하면서 DRX 동작을 수행할 수 있다. DRX가 설정된 단말은 DL 신호를 불연속적으로 수신함으로써 전력 소비를 낮출 수 있다. DRX는 RRC(Radio Resource Control)_IDLE 상태, RRC_INACTIVE 상태, RRC_CONNECTED 상태에서 수행될 수 있다. RRC_IDLE 상태와 RRC_INACTIVE 상태에서 DRX는 페이징 신호를 불연속 수신하는데 사용된다. 이하, RRC_CONNECTED 상태에서 수행되는 DRX에 관해 설명한다(RRC_CONNECTED DRX). The terminal may perform DRX operation while performing the procedures and/or methods described/suggested above. A terminal with DRX enabled can reduce power consumption by discontinuously receiving DL signals. DRX can be performed in RRC (Radio Resource Control)_IDLE state, RRC_INACTIVE state, and RRC_CONNECTED state. In RRC_IDLE state and RRC_INACTIVE state, DRX is used to receive paging signals discontinuously. Hereinafter, DRX performed in RRC_CONNECTED state will be described (RRC_CONNECTED DRX).
DRX 사이클은 On Duration과 Opportunity for DRX로 구성된다. DRX 사이클은 On Duration이 주기적으로 반복되는 시간 간격을 정의한다. On Duration은 단말이 PDCCH를 수신하기 위해 모니터링 하는 시간 구간을 나타낸다. DRX가 설정되면, 단말은 On Duration 동안 PDCCH 모니터링을 수행한다. PDCCH 모니터링 동안에 성공적으로 검출된 PDCCH가 있는 경우, 단말은 inactivity 타이머를 동작시키고 깬(awake) 상태를 유지한다. 반면, PDCCH 모니터링 동안에 성공적으로 검출된 PDCCH가 없는 경우, 단말은 On Duration이 끝난 뒤 슬립(sleep) 상태로 들어간다. 따라서, DRX가 설정된 경우, 앞에서 설명/제안한 절차 및/또는 방법을 수행함에 있어서 PDCCH 모니터링/수신이 시간 도메인에서 불연속적으로 수행될 수 있다. 예를 들어, DRX가 설정된 경우, 본 개시에서 PDCCH 수신 기회(occasion)(예, PDCCH 탐색 공간을 갖는 슬롯)는 DRX 설정에 따라 불연속적으로 설정될 수 있다. 반면, DRX가 설정되지 않은 경우, 앞에서 설명/제안한 절차 및/또는 방법을 수행함에 있어서 PDCCH 모니터링/수신이 시간 도메인에서 연속적으로 수행될 수 있다. 예를 들어, DRX가 설정되지 않은 경우, 본 개시에서 PDCCH 수신 기회(예, PDCCH 탐색 공간을 갖는 슬롯)는 연속적으로 설정될 수 있다. 한편, DRX 설정 여부와 관계 없이, 측정 갭으로 설정된 시간 구간에서는 PDCCH 모니터링이 제한될 수 있다.The DRX cycle consists of On Duration and Opportunity for DRX. The DRX cycle defines the time interval in which On Duration is periodically repeated. On Duration indicates the time interval that the terminal monitors to receive the PDCCH. When DRX is set, the terminal performs PDCCH monitoring during On Duration. If there is a PDCCH successfully detected during PDCCH monitoring, the terminal starts an inactivity timer and maintains the awake state. On the other hand, if no PDCCH is successfully detected during PDCCH monitoring, the terminal enters a sleep state after the On Duration ends. Accordingly, when DRX is set, PDCCH monitoring/reception may be performed discontinuously in the time domain when performing the procedures and/or methods described/suggested above. For example, when DRX is configured, in the present disclosure, a PDCCH reception opportunity (eg, slot with PDCCH search space) may be set discontinuously according to the DRX configuration. On the other hand, when DRX is not set, PDCCH monitoring/reception can be performed continuously in the time domain when performing the procedures and/or methods described/suggested above. For example, when DRX is not set, in this disclosure, PDCCH reception opportunities (eg, slots with PDCCH search space) may be set continuously. Meanwhile, regardless of whether DRX is set, PDCCH monitoring may be limited in the time section set as the measurement gap.
이상에서 설명된 실시예들은 본 개시의 구성요소들과 특징들이 소정 형태로 결합된 것들이다. 각 구성요소 또는 특징은 별도의 명시적 언급이 없는 한 선택적인 것으로 고려되어야 한다. 각 구성요소 또는 특징은 다른 구성요소나 특징과 결합되지 않은 형태로 실시될 수 있다. 또한, 일부 구성요소들 및/또는 특징들을 결합하여 본 개시의 실시예를 구성하는 것도 가능하다. 본 개시의 실시예들에서 설명되는 동작들의 순서는 변경될 수 있다. 어느 실시예의 일부 구성이나 특징은 다른 실시예에 포함될 수 있고, 또는 다른 실시예의 대응하는 구성 또는 특징과 교체될 수 있다. 특허청구범위에서 명시적인 인용 관계가 있지 않은 청구항들을 결합하여 실시예를 구성하거나 출원 후의 보정에 의해 새로운 청구항으로 포함시킬 수 있음은 자명하다.The embodiments described above are those in which elements and features of the present disclosure are combined in a predetermined form. Each component or feature should be considered optional unless explicitly stated otherwise. Each component or feature may be implemented in a form that is not combined with other components or features. Additionally, it is also possible to configure an embodiment of the present disclosure by combining some components and/or features. The order of operations described in embodiments of the present disclosure may be changed. Some features or features of one embodiment may be included in other embodiments or may be replaced with corresponding features or features of other embodiments. It is obvious that claims that do not have an explicit reference relationship in the patent claims can be combined to form an embodiment or included as a new claim through amendment after filing.
본 개시는 본 개시의 특징을 벗어나지 않는 범위에서 다른 특정한 형태로 구체화될 수 있음은 당업자에게 자명하다. 따라서, 상기의 상세한 설명은 모든 면에서 제한적으로 해석되어서는 아니되고 예시적인 것으로 고려되어야 한다. 본 개시의 범위는 첨부된 청구항의 합리적 해석에 의해 결정되어야 하고, 본 개시의 등가적 범위 내에서의 모든 변경은 본 개시의 범위에 포함된다.It is obvious to those skilled in the art that the present disclosure can be embodied in other specific forms without departing from the characteristics of the present disclosure. Accordingly, the above detailed description should not be construed as restrictive in all respects and should be considered illustrative. The scope of this disclosure should be determined by reasonable interpretation of the appended claims, and all changes within the equivalent scope of this disclosure are included in the scope of this disclosure.
본 개시는 무선 이동 통신 시스템의 단말, 기지국, 또는 기타 다른 장비에 사용될 수 있다.The present disclosure may be used in a terminal, base station, or other equipment of a wireless mobile communication system.

Claims (14)

  1. 무선 통신 시스템에서 단말이 신호를 전송하는 방법에 있어서,In a method for a terminal to transmit a signal in a wireless communication system,
    적어도 하나의 SSB (Synchronization signal block)에 기초하여 선택된 셀에 대한 RACH (Random Access Channel) 절차를 트리거하는 단계;Triggering a Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure for a selected cell based on at least one synchronization signal block (SSB);
    상기 셀의 UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) 내에서 초기 대역폭을 결정하는 단계; 및Determining an initial bandwidth within the UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) of the cell; and
    상기 초기 대역폭에서 PRACH (physical random access channel) 또는 상기 PRACH를 포함하는 제1 메시지를 전송하는 단계를 포함하고, Transmitting a physical random access channel (PRACH) or a first message including the PRACH in the initial bandwidth,
    상기 초기 대역폭은, 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB들 중에서 특정 임계 이상의 품질을 갖는 SSB의 인덱스에 기초하여, 상기 셀의 UL BWP에 대해 설정된 제1 크기 이하의 하나 이상의 대역폭 중 하나의 대역폭으로 결정되는, 방법.The initial bandwidth is determined to be one of one or more bandwidths less than or equal to a first size set for the UL BWP of the cell, based on the index of an SSB with a quality higher than a certain threshold among the at least one SSB. .
  2. 제 1 항에 있어서, According to claim 1,
    상기 SSB의 인덱스는 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB 중 상기 특정 임계 이상의 품질을 갖는 SSB들 중에서 가장 높은 품질을 갖는 SSB에 대한 인덱스인 것을 특징으로 하는, 방법.The method, characterized in that the index of the SSB is an index for the SSB with the highest quality among SSBs with quality equal to or higher than the specific threshold among the at least one SSB.
  3. 제 1 항에 있어서, According to claim 1,
    상기 적어도 하나의 SSB 중에서 특정 임계 이상의 품질을 갖는 SSB가 둘 이상인 것에 기초하여, 상기 SSB의 인덱스는 상기 둘 이상의 SSB들 중에서 임의로 선택된 하나의 SSB에 대한 인덱스인 것을 특징으로 하는, 방법.Based on the fact that there are two or more SSBs having a quality higher than a certain threshold among the at least one SSB, the index of the SSB is an index of one SSB randomly selected among the two or more SSBs.
  4. 제 1 항에 있어서, According to claim 1,
    상기 셀의 UL BWP는 상기 제1 크기 이하의 주파수 대역폭 크기를 갖는 복수의 서브-BWP들이 설정되고,The UL BWP of the cell is configured with a plurality of sub-BWPs having a frequency bandwidth size less than or equal to the first size,
    상기 초기 대역폭은 상기 복수의 서브-BWP들 중에서 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB들 중 상기 특정 임계 이상의 품질을 갖는 SSB의 인덱스에 기초하여 결정된 하나의 서브-BWP인 것을 특징으로 하는, 방법.Characterized in that the initial bandwidth is one sub-BWP determined based on the index of an SSB with a quality higher than the specific threshold among the at least one SSB among the plurality of sub-BWPs.
  5. 제1항에 있어서,According to paragraph 1,
    SSB 인덱스들 및 상기 특정 임계에 대한 정보를 포함하는 SIB1 (System Information Block 1)를 수신하는 단계;를 더 포함하고,It further includes receiving SIB1 (System Information Block 1) including SSB indexes and information about the specific threshold,
    상기 제1 크기 이하의 하나 이상의 대역폭 각각은 상기 SSB 인덱스들 각각과 미리 매핑된 것을 특징으로 하는, 방법.Characterized in that each of the one or more bandwidths below the first size is pre-mapped with each of the SSB indices.
  6. 제 1 항에 있어서, According to claim 1,
    상기 초기 대역폭에서 상기 RACH 절차에 대한 PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel)를 포함하는 메시지를 전송하는 단계를 더 포함하는 것을 특징으로 하는, 방법.Characterized in that it further comprises the step of transmitting a message including a PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel) for the RACH procedure in the initial bandwidth.
  7. 제 1 항에 있어서,According to claim 1,
    상기 RACH 절차는 초기 접속, 핸드오버 (handover), SCell (Secondary Cell) 추가, 또는 SCell 활성화를 위해 트리거 (trigger)되는 것을 특징으로 하는, 방법.The RACH procedure is characterized in that it is triggered for initial connection, handover, SCell (Secondary Cell) addition, or SCell activation.
  8. 제 1 항에 있어서,According to claim 1,
    상기 제1 크기는 5Mhz인 것을 특징으로 하는, 방법.The method, characterized in that the first size is 5Mhz.
  9. 제 1 항에 기재된 방법을 수행하기 위한 명령어들을 기록하고 있는 비일시적 컴퓨터 판독가능 저장 매체.A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium recording instructions for performing the method according to claim 1.
  10. 무선 통신 시스템에서 신호를 전송하는 단말을 제어하도록 설정된 프로세싱 장치에 있어서, In a processing device configured to control a terminal transmitting signals in a wireless communication system,
    적어도 하나의 프로세서; 및at least one processor; and
    상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서에 연결되고 명령어들을 저장하는 적어도 하나의 메모리를 포함하되, 상기 명령어들은 상기 적어도 하나의 프로세서에 의해 실행되는 것을 기반으로 상기 단말로 하여금:At least one memory connected to the at least one processor and storing instructions, wherein the instructions cause the terminal to:
    적어도 하나의 SSB (Synchronization signal block)에 기초하여 선택된 셀에 대한 RACH (Random Access Channel) 절차를 트리거;Trigger a Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure for selected cells based on at least one Synchronization signal block (SSB);
    상기 셀의 UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) 내에서 초기 대역폭을 결정; 및Determine the initial bandwidth within the UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) of the cell; and
    상기 초기 대역폭에서 PRACH (physical random access channel) 또는 상기 PRACH를 포함하는 제1 메시지를 전송하게 하고, Transmit a physical random access channel (PRACH) or a first message including the PRACH in the initial bandwidth,
    상기 초기 대역폭은, 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB들 중에서 특정 임계 이상의 품질을 갖는 SSB의 인덱스에 기초하여, 상기 셀의 UL BWP에 대해 설정된 제1 크기 이하의 하나 이상의 대역폭 중 하나의 대역폭으로 결정되는, 프로세싱 장치.The initial bandwidth is determined to be one of one or more bandwidths less than or equal to a first size set for the UL BWP of the cell, based on the index of an SSB with a quality higher than a certain threshold among the at least one SSB. Device.
  11. 제 10 항에 있어서, According to claim 10,
    상기 프로세싱 장치는, ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit) 또는 디지털 신호 처리 디바이스인, 프로세싱 장치.The processing device is an ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit) or a digital signal processing device.
  12. 무선 통신 시스템에서 신호를 전송하는 단말에 있어서,In a terminal transmitting a signal in a wireless communication system,
    RF(Radio Frequency) 송수신기; 및RF (Radio Frequency) transceiver; and
    상기 RF 송수신기와 연결되는 프로세서를 포함하고,Includes a processor connected to the RF transceiver,
    상기 프로세서는 상기 RF 송수신기를 제어하여 셀로부터 수신된 적어도 하나의 SSB (Synchronization signal block)에 기초하여 선택된 셀에 대한 RACH (Random Access Channel) 절차를 트리거하고, 상기 셀의 UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) 내에서 초기 대역폭을 결정하며, 상기 초기 대역폭에서 PRACH (physical random access channel) 또는 상기 PRACH를 포함하는 제1 메시지를 전송하게 하고, The processor controls the RF transceiver to trigger a Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure for the selected cell based on at least one synchronization signal block (SSB) received from the cell, and UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) of the cell. Determine an initial bandwidth within the bandwidth, and transmit a PRACH (physical random access channel) or a first message including the PRACH at the initial bandwidth,
    상기 초기 대역폭은, 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB들 중에서 특정 임계 이상의 품질을 갖는 SSB의 인덱스에 기초하여, 상기 셀의 UL BWP에 대해 설정된 제1 크기 이하의 하나 이상의 대역폭 중 하나의 대역폭으로 결정되는, 단말.The initial bandwidth is determined to be one of one or more bandwidths of the first size or less set for the UL BWP of the cell, based on the index of an SSB with a quality higher than a certain threshold among the at least one SSB. .
  13. 무선 통신 시스템에서 기지국이 신호를 수신하는 방법에 있어서, In a method for a base station to receive a signal in a wireless communication system,
    적어도 하나의 SSB (Synchronization signal block)를 전송하는 단계; 및Transmitting at least one synchronization signal block (SSB); and
    제1 크기 이하의 초기 대역폭에서 PRACH (physical random access channel) 또는 상기 PRACH를 포함하는 제1 메시지를 수신하는 단계를 포함하고,Receiving a physical random access channel (PRACH) or a first message including the PRACH at an initial bandwidth of a first size or less,
    상기 초기 대역폭은 상기 기지국과 관련된 UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) 에 대해 설정된 상기 제1 크기 이하의 복수의 대역폭들 중에서 특정 SSB의 인덱스에 대응하는 하나의 대역폭이고,The initial bandwidth is one bandwidth corresponding to the index of a specific SSB among a plurality of bandwidths of the first size or less set for the UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) associated with the base station,
    상기 특정 SSB의 인덱스는 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB들 중에서 특정 임계 이상의 품질을 갖는 SSB의 인덱스인, 방법.The method wherein the index of the specific SSB is an index of an SSB having a quality higher than a certain threshold among the at least one SSB.
  14. 무선통신시스템에서의 기지국에 있어서, In a base station in a wireless communication system,
    명령어들을 기록한 메모리; 및Memory that records instructions; and
    상기 명령어들을 실행함으로써 동작하는 프로세서를 포함하고, 상기 프로세서의 동작은:A processor that operates by executing the instructions, wherein the processor operates:
    적어도 하나의 SSB (Synchronization signal block)를 전송; 및Transmit at least one synchronization signal block (SSB); and
    제1 크기 이하의 초기 대역폭에서 PRACH (physical random access channel) 또는 상기 PRACH를 포함하는 제1 메시지를 수신하는 것을 포함하고, Receiving a physical random access channel (PRACH) or a first message including the PRACH at an initial bandwidth of a first size or less,
    상기 초기 대역폭은 상기 기지국과 관련된 UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) 에 대해 설정된 상기 제1 크기 이하의 복수의 대역폭들 중에서 특정 SSB의 인덱스에 대응하는 하나의 대역폭이고,The initial bandwidth is one bandwidth corresponding to the index of a specific SSB among a plurality of bandwidths of the first size or less set for the UL BWP (Uplink Bandwidth part) associated with the base station,
    상기 특정 SSB의 인덱스는 상기 적어도 하나의 SSB들 중에서 특정 임계 이상의 품질을 갖는 SSB의 인덱스인, 기지국.The base station wherein the index of the specific SSB is an index of an SSB having a quality higher than a certain threshold among the at least one SSB.
PCT/KR2023/014993 2022-09-29 2023-09-27 Signal transmission and reception method for wireless communication, and device therefor WO2024072080A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202263411175P 2022-09-29 2022-09-29
US63/411,175 2022-09-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024072080A1 true WO2024072080A1 (en) 2024-04-04

Family

ID=90478632

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2023/014993 WO2024072080A1 (en) 2022-09-29 2023-09-27 Signal transmission and reception method for wireless communication, and device therefor

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024072080A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020256420A1 (en) * 2019-06-21 2020-12-24 주식회사 케이티 Method and device for transmitting small data
WO2021030966A1 (en) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for configuring random access occasions in wireless communications
WO2022021130A1 (en) * 2020-07-29 2022-02-03 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Method for selecting initial bandwidth part (bwp), terminal device and network device
US20220132518A1 (en) * 2020-10-22 2022-04-28 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving wireless signal in wireless communication system
WO2022154585A1 (en) * 2021-01-14 2022-07-21 삼성전자 주식회사 Method and device for reporting random access information in wireless communication system

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020256420A1 (en) * 2019-06-21 2020-12-24 주식회사 케이티 Method and device for transmitting small data
WO2021030966A1 (en) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for configuring random access occasions in wireless communications
WO2022021130A1 (en) * 2020-07-29 2022-02-03 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Method for selecting initial bandwidth part (bwp), terminal device and network device
US20220132518A1 (en) * 2020-10-22 2022-04-28 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving wireless signal in wireless communication system
WO2022154585A1 (en) * 2021-01-14 2022-07-21 삼성전자 주식회사 Method and device for reporting random access information in wireless communication system

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021230730A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving signal for wireless communication
WO2020032742A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting or receiving wireless signal in wireless communication system
WO2021230726A1 (en) Method for transmitting and receiving signals for wireless communication, and apparatus therefor
WO2020171677A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting and receiving wireless signal in wireless communication system
WO2021230729A1 (en) Method for transmitting/receiving signal for wireless communication, and device therefor
WO2020167084A1 (en) Method for terminal to perform random access channel procedure in wireless communication system, and device for same
WO2020032751A1 (en) Method for transmitting wus in wireless communication system, and device therefor
WO2021091300A1 (en) Method for transmitting and receiving uplink channel in wireless communication system, and device for same
WO2021091306A1 (en) Method for transmitting or receiving physical uplink shared channel within channel occupancy time and apparatus therefor
WO2020091546A1 (en) Configuration coordination for power efficient operation for nr
WO2022216045A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving wireless signal in wireless communication system
WO2020060355A1 (en) Method and device for reducing power consumption during measurement in wireless communication system
WO2021230728A1 (en) Signal transmission/reception method for wireless communication, and apparatus therefor
WO2023014199A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting and receiving wireless signal in wireless communication system
WO2021066309A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving wireless signal in wireless communication system
WO2021020944A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting or receiving radio signal in wireless communication system
WO2020222589A1 (en) Method and device for receiving physical downlink control channel in wireless communication system performed by terminal
WO2020226376A1 (en) Method whereby terminal carries out random access channel procedure in wireless communication system, and device therefor
WO2024072080A1 (en) Signal transmission and reception method for wireless communication, and device therefor
WO2020167053A1 (en) Method for transmitting and receiving signal in wireless communication system and apparatus supporting same
WO2020145575A1 (en) Method for reporting beam failure of terminal in wireless communication system, and terminal and base station for supporting same
WO2024072127A1 (en) Signal transmission/reception method for wireless communication, and device therefor
WO2024072090A1 (en) Signal transmission/reception method for wireless communication, and device therefor
WO2024072088A1 (en) Method for signal transmission and reception for wireless communication and device for same
WO2024096688A1 (en) Signal transmission/reception method for wireless communication, and apparatus therefor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23873191

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1